SEC Filing | Synchronoss

View:

Download DOC

Download PDF

Download XLS

S-1/A

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 9, 2006.

Registration No. 333-132080

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Amendment No. 2 to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)


Delaware (State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)		7371 (Computer Programming Services) (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)		06-1594540 (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

750 Route 202 South

Suite 600

Bridgewater, NJ 08807

(866) 620-3940

(Address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Stephen G. Waldis

Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer

750 Route 202 South

Suite 600

Bridgewater, NJ 08807

(866) 620-3940

(Name, address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:


Marc F. Dupré Angela N. Clement Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP 610 Lincoln Street Waltham, Massachusetts 02451 Telephone: (781) 890-8800 Telecopy: (781) 622-1622		Keith F. Higgins Ropes & Gray LLP One International Place Boston, Massachusetts 02110 Telephone: (617) 951-7000 Telecopy: (617) 951-7050

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, check the following box. o

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE




		Proposed Maximum	Proposed Maximum
Title of Each Class of	Amount to	Offering Price	Aggregate Offering	Amount of
Securities to be Registered	be Registered(1)	Per Share(2)	Price(2)	Registration Fee(3)

Common stock, $0.0001 par value	8,740,000	$11.00	$96,140,000	$10,287



(1)	Includes 1,140,000 shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.



(2)	Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act.



(3)	Includes $8,025 previously paid in connection with the initial filing of this Registration Statement.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion. Dated , 2006.

7,600,000 Shares

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Common Stock

Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. is offering 6,532,107 shares of its common stock and the selling stockholders are offering 1,067,893 shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by selling stockholders. This is the initial public offering of our common stock.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. The initial public offering price is expected to be between $9.00 and $11.00 per share.

We have applied to list the common stock on The Nasdaq Stock Market’s National Market under the symbol “SNCR.”

Investing in the common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any shares, you should carefully read the discussion of material risks of investing in our common stock in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Proceeds to

Underwriting

Synchronoss

Proceeds to

Price to

Discounts and

Technologies,

Selling

Public

Commissions

Inc.

Stockholders

Per Share

Total

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than 7,600,000 shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional 1,140,000 shares from Synchronoss and a selling stockholder at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock on or about , 2006.


Goldman, Sachs & Co.	Deutsche Bank Securities

Thomas Weisel Partners LLC

Prospectus dated , 2006.

You should rely only on information contained in this document or that information to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this document may only be accurate on the date of this document.

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information regarding Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. and the common stock being sold in this offering in our financial statements and notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and our risk factors beginning on page 11.

Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.

Our Business

We are a leading provider of e-commerce transaction management solutions to the communications services marketplace based on our penetration into key providers of communications services. Our proprietary on-demand software platform enables communications service providers, or CSPs, to take, manage and provision orders and other customer-oriented transactions and create complex service bundles. We target complex and high-growth industry segments including wireless, Voice over Internet Protocol, or VoIP, wireline and other markets. We have designed our solution to be flexible, allowing us to meet the rapidly changing and converging services offered by CSPs. By simplifying technological complexities through the automation and integration of disparate systems, we enable CSPs to acquire, retain and service customers quickly, reliably and cost-effectively. Our industry-leading customers, which we believe are representative customers based on our past and expected revenues and the types of CSPs we serve, include Cingular Wireless, Vonage Holdings, Cablevision Systems, Level 3 Communications, Verizon Business, Clearwire, 360networks, Time Warner Cable, Comcast and AT&T. In particular, we have a long-standing relationship with Cingular Wireless, from whom we currently derive a substantial portion of our revenues. Cingular Wireless accounted for approximately 75% of our revenues for the three months ended December 31, 2005, approximately 80% of our revenues during 2005 and approximately 71% of our revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2006. Our CSP customers use our platform and technology to service both consumer and business customers, including over 300 of the Fortune 500 companies.

Our CSP customers rely on our services to speed, simplify and automate the process of activating their customers and delivering communications services across interconnected networks, focusing particularly on customers acquired through Internet-based channels. In addition, we offer and are targeting growth in services that automate other aspects of the CSPs’ ongoing customer relationships, such as product upgrades and customer care. Our ActivationNow^® software platform provides seamless integration between customer-facing CSP applications and “back-office” or infrastructure-related systems and processes. Our platform streamlines these business processes, enhancing the customer experience and allowing us to offer reliable, guaranteed levels of service, which we believe is an important differentiator of our service offering.

The majority of our revenues are generated from fees earned on each transaction processed utilizing our platform. We have increased our revenues rapidly, growing at a compound annual growth rate of 76% from 2001 to 2005. For 2005, we generated revenues of $54.2 million, a 99.4% increase over 2004. Our net income for the period was $12.4 million, versus a loss of approximately $0.01 million for the prior year.

Demand Drivers for Our E-Commerce Transaction Management Solutions

transaction management solutions. In addition, we see an opportunity to provide our services to the high-growth market of bundled services (including voice, video, data and wireless) resulting from converging technology markets. We support and target transactions ranging from initial service activations to ongoing customer lifecycle transactions, such as additions, subtractions and changes to services. The need for CSPs to deliver these transactions efficiently increases demand for our on-demand software delivery model.

The rapid emergence of all-digital, Internet Protocol (“IP”) based networks is causing the creation of telecommunications services to be less dependent on particular elements of network infrastructure. In this environment, CSPs are increasingly relying on intelligent software platform solutions such as our own to quickly develop new packages of service offerings. The critical driver of adoption of our services is shifting from cost reduction at CSPs to generating new revenues via on-demand service creation. In this environment, we believe our on-demand capabilities will be a major value-added difference to our CSPs and their largest customers.

Our Solution

Our ActivationNow^® software platform provides comprehensive e-commerce order processing, transaction management and provisioning. We have designed ActivationNow^® to be a flexible, open and on-demand platform, offering a unique solution for managing transactions relating to a wide range of existing communications services as well as the rapid deployment of new services. In addition to handling large volumes of customer transactions quickly and efficiently, our solution is designed to recognize, isolate and address transactions when there is insufficient information or other erroneous process elements. Our solution also offers a centralized reporting platform that provides intelligent, real-time analytics around the entire workflow related to an e-commerce transaction. Our platform’s automation and ease of integration allows CSPs to lower the cost of new customer acquisition, enhance the accuracy and reliability of customer transactions and respond rapidly to competitive market conditions. The following key strengths differentiate us:


	*Leading Provider of Transaction Management Solutions to the Communications Services Market.* We offer what we believe to be the most advanced e-commerce customer transaction management solution to the communications market. Our industry leading position is built upon the strength of our platform and our extensive experience and expertise in identifying and addressing the complex needs of leading CSPs.

	*Well Positioned to Benefit from High Industry Growth Areas and E-Commerce.* We believe we are positioned to capitalize on the development, proliferation and convergence of communications services, including wireless and VoIP and the adoption of e-commerce as a critical customer channel. Our ActivationNow^® platform is designed to be flexible and scalable to meet the demanding requirements of the evolving communications services industry, allowing us to participate in the highest growth and most attractive industry segments.

	*Differentiated Approach to Non-Automated Processes.* Due to a variety of factors, CSP systems frequently encounter customer transactions with insufficient information or other erroneous process elements. These so-called exceptions, which tend to be particularly common in the early phases of a service roll-out, require non-automated, often time-consuming handling. We believe our ability to address what we refer to as “exception handling” is one of our key differentiators. Our solution identifies, corrects and processes non-automated transactions and exceptions in real-time. Importantly, as exception handling matures within a service, an increasing number of transactions can become automated, which can result in increased operating leverage for our business.

	*Transaction-Based Model with High Revenue Visibility.* We believe the characteristics of our business model enhance the predictability of our revenues. We are generally the exclusive provider of the services we offer to our customers and benefit from contracts of 12 to


	48 months. The majority of our revenues are transaction-based, allowing us to gauge future revenues against patterns of transaction volumes and growth.

	*Trusted Partner, Deeply Embedded with Major, Influential Customers.* We provide our services to market-leading wireline, wireless, cable, broadband and VoIP service providers including Cingular Wireless, Vonage Holdings, Cablevision Systems, Level 3 Communications, Verizon Business, Clearwire, 360networks, Time Warner Cable, Comcast and AT&T. The high value-added nature of our services and our proven performance track record make us an attractive, valuable and important partner for our customers. Our transaction management solution is tightly integrated into our customers’ critical infrastructure and embedded into their workflows, enabling us to develop deep and collaborative relationships with them.

	*On-Demand Offering that Enables Rapid, Cost-Effective Implementations.* We provide our e-commerce customer transaction management solutions through an on-demand business model, which enables us to deliver our proprietary technology over the Internet as a service. Our customers do not have to make large and risky upfront investments in software, additional hardware, extensive implementation services and additional IT staff at their sites.

	*Experienced Senior Management Team.* Each member of our senior management team has over 12 years of relevant industry experience, including prior employment with companies in the CSP, communications software and communications infrastructure industries.

Our Growth Strategy

Our growth strategy is to establish our ActivationNow^® platform as the premium platform for leading providers of communications services, while investing in extensions of the services portfolio. Key elements of this strategy are:


	*Expand Customer Base and Target New and Converged Industry Segments.* The ActivationNow^® platform is designed to address service providers and business models across the range of the communications services market, a capability we intend to exploit by targeting new industry segments such as cable operators, or MSOs, wireless broadband/ WiMAX operators and online content providers. Due to our deep domain expertise and ability to integrate our services across a variety of CSP networks, we believe we are well positioned to provide services to converging technology markets, such as providers offering integrated packages of voice, video, data and/or wireless service.

	*Continue to Exploit VoIP Industry Opportunities.* We believe that customer demand for our existing VoIP services will continue to grow. Continued rapid VoIP industry growth will expand the market and demand for our services. Being the trusted partner to VoIP industry leaders, including Vonage Holdings, positions us well to benefit from the evolving needs, requirements and opportunities of the VoIP industry.

	*Enhance Current Wireless Industry Leadership.* We currently process hundreds of thousands of wireless transactions every month, which are driven by increasing wireless subscribers and wireless subscriber churn resulting from local number portability, or LNP, service provider competition and other factors. Beyond traditional wireless service providers, we believe the fast-growing mobile virtual network operator, or MVNO, marketplace presents us with attractive growth opportunities.

	*Further Penetrate our Existing Customer Base.* We derive significant growth from our existing customers as they continue to expand into new distribution channels, require new service offerings and increase transaction volumes. As CSPs expand consumer, business and indirect distribution, they require new transaction management solutions which drive increasing amounts of transactions over our platform. Many customers purchase multiple services from us, and we believe we are well-positioned to cross-sell additional services to customers who do not currently purchase our full services portfolio. In addition, the increasing importance and


	expansion of Internet-based e-commerce has led to increased focus by CSPs on their e-channel distribution, thus providing another opportunity for us to further penetrate existing customers.

	*Expand Into New Geographic Markets.* Our current customers operate primarily in North America. We intend to utilize our extensive experience and expertise in North America to penetrate new geographic markets.


	*Maintain Technology Leadership.* We intend to build upon our technology leadership by continuing to invest in research and development to increase the automation of processes and workflows, thus driving increased interest in our solutions by making it more economical for CSPs to use us as a third-party solutions provider.

Our Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in 2000. Our principal executive offices are located at 750 Route 202 South, Suite 600, Bridgewater, New Jersey 08807 and our telephone number is (866) 620-3940. Our Web site address is www.synchronoss.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our Web site is not part of this prospectus.

The Offering



Common stock offered by us		6,532,107 shares.



Common stock offered by the selling stockholders		1,067,893 shares.



Total		7,600,000 shares.



Over-allotment option offered by us		940,000 shares.



Over-allotment option offered by the selling stockholders		200,000 shares.



Total		1,140,000 shares.


Use of proceeds		Working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Dividend policy		Currently, we do not anticipate paying cash dividends.

Risk factors		You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol		SNCR

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 24,389,995 shares of our common stock outstanding as of April 30, 2006 assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 13,549,256 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, excluding:



	•	2,001,934 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of April 30, 2006 at a weighted average exercise price of $5.86 per share;



	•	2,254,502 shares of common stock reserved as of April 30, 2006 for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans; and


	•	94,828 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant, with an exercise price of $2.90 per share.

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:


	•	the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 13,549,256 shares of common stock, upon the closing of the offering;

	•	the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to the effectiveness of this offering; and

	•	no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

Summary Financial Data

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, the financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.


											Three Months
											Ended
		Year Ended December 31,									March 31,

		2003			2004			2005			2005			2006

											(unaudited)
		(in thousands, except per share data)
Statements of Operations Data:
Net revenues		$	16,550		$	27,191		$	54,218		$	11,350		$	15,724
Costs and expenses
	Cost of services ($9, $2,610, $8,089, $1,532 and $2,136 were purchased from a related party in 2003, 2004, 2005 and for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively)*		7,655			17,688			30,205			6,281			8,763
	Research and development		3,160			3,324			5,689			1,047			1,685
	Selling, general and administrative ($0, $0, $120, $0 and $78 were related to stock-based compensation in 2003, 2004, 2005 and for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively)		4,053			4,340			7,544			1,796			2,010
	Depreciation and amortization		2,919			2,127			2,305			510			719

Total costs and expenses			17,787			27,479			45,743			9,634			13,177


(Loss) income from operations			(1,237	)		(288	)		8,475			1,716			2,547
	Interest and other income		321			320			258			10			100
	Interest expense		(128	)		(39	)		(133	)		(34	)		(29	)

(Loss) income before income tax benefit			(1,044	)		(7	)		8,600			1,692			2,618
	Income tax benefit (expense)		—			—			3,829			—			(1,089	)

Net (loss) income			(1,044	)		(7	)		12,429			1,692			1,529
	Preferred stock accretion		(35	)		(35	)		(34	)		(8	)		—

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders		$	(1,079	)	$	(42	)	$	12,395		$	1,684		$	1,529

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per common share
	Basic	$	(0.11	)	$	(0.00	)	$	0.57		$	0.08		$	0.07

	Diluted	$	(0.11	)	$	(0.00	)	$	0.50		$	0.07		$	0.06


*	Cost of services excludes depreciation and amortization which is shown separately.


									Three Months
									Ended
			Year Ended December 31,						March 31,

			2003		2004		2005		2005		2006

									(unaudited)
			(in thousands, except per share data)
Weighted-average common shares outstanding:**
	Basic			9,838		10,244		21,916		21,823		22,053

	Diluted			9,838		10,244		24,921		24,437		24,956

	Pro forma net income						$	12,429			$	1,529

	Pro forma net income per share:
		Basic					$	0.52			$	0.06

		Diluted					$	0.50			$	0.06

	Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding:
		Basic						23,916				24,053

		Diluted						24,921				24,956


**	See Note 2 in our audited financial statements for the basis of our EPS presentation.


										As of March 31, 2006

															Pro Forma as
	2003			2004			2005			Actual			Pro Forma		adjusted

										(unaudited)			(unaudited)		(unaudited)
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities	$	13,556		$	10,521		$	16,002		$	14,435		$	14,435	$	73,324
Working capital		7,944			8,077			21,774			24,188			24,188		83,077
Total assets		22,402			22,784			40,208			41,311			41,311		98,819
Total stockholders’ equity (deficiency)		(17,783	)		(17,916	)		(4,864	)		(2,209	)		32,728		90,640

The pro forma column in the balance sheet data table above reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A and Series 1 convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 13,549,256 shares of common stock upon completion of our initial public offering.

Pro forma net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, including the effects of the automatic conversion of all outstanding Series A and Series 1 convertible preferred stock into shares of the Company’s common stock as if such conversion had occurred on January 1, 2005.

The pro forma as adjusted column in the balance sheet data table above reflects (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock upon the effectiveness of this offering and (ii) our sale of 6,532,107 shares of common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $10.00 per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us and the application of our net proceeds from this offering.

RISK FACTORS

This offering and an investment in our common stock involve a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and the other information in this prospectus before investing in our common stock. Our business and results of operations could be seriously harmed by any of the following risks. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have Substantial Customer Concentration, with One Customer Accounting for a Substantial Portion of our 2005 Revenues.

We currently derive a significant portion of our revenues from one customer, Cingular Wireless. Our relationship with Cingular Wireless dates back to January 2001 when we began providing service to AT&T Wireless, which was subsequently acquired by Cingular Wireless. For the three months ended March 31, 2006, Cingular Wireless accounted for approximately 71% of our revenues, compared to 75% for the three months ended December 31, 2005, 74% for the three months ended September 30, 2005, 84% for the three months ended June 30, 2005 and 89% for the three months ended March 31, 2005.

Our three largest customers, Cingular Wireless, Vonage and Cablevision, accounted for between approximately 94% and 98% of our revenues in each of the quarters of 2005, and 94% of our revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2006. For the three months ended March 31, 2006, Vonage and Cablevision together accounted for approximately 23% of our revenues. For the three months ended December 31, 2005, and for the three months ended September 30, 2005, Vonage and Cablevision together accounted for approximately 20% of our revenues. For the three months ended June 30, 2005, MCI and Cablevision accounted for approximately 12% of our revenues and for the three months ended March 31, 2005, MCI and Level 3 accounted for 9% of our revenues.

A Slow Down in Market Acceptance and Government Regulation of Voice over Internet Protocol Technology Could Negatively Impact Our Ability to Grow Our Revenues.

Serving providers of Voice over Internet Protocol is an important part of our business plan. A slow down in market acceptance and increased government regulation of VoIP technology could negatively impact our ability to achieve and maintain profitability and grow our revenues. The success of one key element of our growth strategy depends upon the success of VoIP as an alternative to traditional forms of telephone communication. We began targeting the VoIP market in 2004. VoIP customers attributed approximately 26% or $4.1 million to our total revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2006, 16.3% or $8.8 million to our total revenues in 2005, and $0 in 2004.

The regulatory status of VoIP is not clear and, in early 2004, the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) opened a proceeding to establish the regulatory framework for Internet Protocol-enabled services, including VoIP. In this proceeding, the FCC will address various regulatory issues, including universal service, intercarrier compensation, numbering, disability access, consumer protection, and customer access to 911 emergency services. The outcome that the FCC reaches on these issues could have a material impact on our customers and potential customers and an adverse effect on our business. In addition, if access charges and tariffs are imposed on the use of Internet Protocol-enabled service, including VoIP, the cost of providing VoIP services would increase, which could have an adverse effect on our business.

Market reluctance to embrace VoIP as an alternative to traditional forms of telephone communication and limitations and/or expenses incurred as a result of increased governmental regulation could negatively impact the growth prospects of a key target customer base, potentially impacting in a negative way our ability to successfully market certain of our products and services.

If We Do Not Adapt to Rapid Technological Change in the Communications Industry, We Could Lose Customers or Market Share.

Our industry is characterized by rapid technological change and frequent new service offerings. Significant technological changes could make our technology and services obsolete, less marketable or less competitive. We must adapt to our rapidly changing market by continually improving the features, functionality, reliability and responsiveness of our transaction management services, and by developing new features, services and applications to meet changing customer needs. We may not be able to adapt to these challenges or respond successfully or in a cost-effective way. Our failure to do so would adversely affect our ability to compete and retain customers or market share.

The Success of Our Business Depends on the Continued Growth of Consumer and Business Transactions Related to Communications Services on the Internet.

The future success of our business depends upon the continued growth of consumer and business transactions on the Internet, including attracting consumers who have historically purchased wireless services and devices through traditional retail stores. Specific factors that could deter consumers from purchasing wireless services and devices on the Internet include concerns about buying wireless devices without a face-to-face interaction with sales personnel and the ability to physically handle and examine the devices.

Our business growth would be impeded if the performance or perception of the Internet was harmed by security problems such as “viruses,” “worms” and other malicious programs, reliability issues arising from outages and damage to Internet infrastructure, delays in development or adoption of new standards and protocols to handle increased demands of Internet activity, increased costs, decreased accessibility and quality of service, or increased government regulation and taxation of Internet activity. The Internet has experienced, and is expected to continue to experience, significant user and traffic growth, which has, at times, caused user frustration with slow access and download times. If Internet activity grows faster than Internet infrastructure or if the Internet infrastructure is otherwise unable to support the demands placed on it, or if hosting capacity becomes scarce, our business growth may be adversely affected.

Compromises to Our Privacy Safeguards Could Impact Our Reputation.

Names, addresses, telephone numbers, credit card data and other personal identification information, or PII, is collected, processed and stored in our systems. The steps we have taken to protect PII may not be sufficient to prevent the misappropriation or improper disclosure of such PII. If such misappropriation or disclosure were to occur, our business could be harmed through reputational injury, litigation and possible damages claimed by the affected end customers. We do not currently carry insurance to protect us against this risk. Concerns about the security of online transactions and the privacy of personal information could deter consumers from transacting business with us on the Internet.

Fraudulent Internet Transactions Could Negatively Impact Our Business.

Our business may be exposed to risks associated with Internet credit card fraud and identity theft that could cause us to incur unexpected expenditures and loss of revenues. Under current credit card practices, a merchant is liable for fraudulent credit card transactions when, as is the case with the transactions we process, that merchant does not obtain a cardholder’s signature. Although our CSP customers currently bear the risk for a fraudulent credit card transaction, in the future we may be forced to share some of that risk and the associated costs with our CSP customers. To the extent that technology upgrades or other expenditures are required to prevent credit card fraud and identity theft, we may be required to bear the costs associated with such expenditures. In addition, to the extent that credit card fraud and/or identity theft cause a decline in business transactions over the Internet generally, both the business of the CSP and our business could be adversely affected.

If the Wireless Services Industry Experiences a Decline in Subscribers, Our Business May Suffer.

The wireless services industry has faced an increasing number of challenges, including a slowdown in new subscriber growth. According to the Telephone Industry Association’s 2005 Telecommunications Market Review and Forecast, because a majority of the U.S. population is already subscribing to mobile phone service, growth in the number of wireless communications subscribers will begin to slow and drop to single-digit increases beginning in 2005, with growth averaging 5.2% on a compound annual growth rate basis through 2008, resulting in roughly 200 million wireless communications subscribers in 2008. This reduction in the potential pool of transactions to be handled by us is compounded by reduced wireless industry churn rates, which translate into fewer churn-related transactions for us to process. Revenues from services performed for customers in the wireless services industry accounted for 80% of our revenues in 2005 and 84% in 2004.

We Have a Short Operating History and Have Incurred Net Losses and We May Not Be Profitable in the Future.

We have a limited operating history and have experienced net losses through 2004. Although we were profitable in 2005 and in the first quarter of 2006, as of March 31, 2006, we had an accumulated deficit of $4.2 million. We may continue to incur losses and we cannot assure you that we will be profitable in future periods. We may not be able to adequately control costs and expenses or achieve or maintain adequate operating margins. As a result, our ability to achieve and sustain profitability will depend on our ability to generate and sustain substantially higher revenues while maintaining reasonable cost and expense levels. If we fail to generate sufficient revenues or achieve profitability, we will continue to incur significant losses. We may then be forced to reduce operating expenses by taking actions not contemplated in our business plan, such as discontinuing sales of certain of our wireless services, curtailing our marketing efforts or reducing the size of our workforce.

If We are Unable to Expand Our Sales Capabilities, We May Not Be Able to Generate Increased Revenues.

We must expand our sales force to generate increased revenues from new customers. We currently have a very small team of dedicated sales professionals. Our services require a sophisticated sales effort targeted at the senior management of our prospective customers. New hires will require training and will take time to achieve full productivity. We cannot be certain that new hires will become as productive as necessary or that we will be able to hire enough qualified individuals in the future. Failure to hire qualified sales personnel will preclude us from expanding our business and growing our revenues.

The Consolidation in the Communications Industry Can Reduce the Number of Customers and Adversely Affect Our Business.

The communications industry continues to experience consolidation and an increased formation of alliances among communications service providers and between communications service providers and other entities. Should one of our significant customers consolidate or enter into an alliance with an entity and decide to either use a different service provider or to manage its transactions internally, this could have a negative material impact on our business. These consolidations and alliances may cause us to lose customers or require us to reduce prices as a result of enhanced customer leverage, which would have a material adverse effect on our business. We may not be able to offset the effects of any price reductions. We may not be able to expand our customer base to make up any revenue declines if we lose customers or if our transaction volumes decline.

If We Fail to Compete Successfully With Existing or New Competitors, Our Business Could Be Harmed.

If we fail to compete successfully with established or new competitors, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. The communications industry is highly competitive and fragmented, and we expect competition to increase. We compete with independent providers of information systems and services and with the in-house departments of communications services companies. Rapid technological changes, such as advancements in software integration across multiple and incompatible systems, and economies of scale may make it more economical for CSPs to develop their own in-house processes and systems, which may render some of our products and services less valuable or eventually obsolete. Our competitors include firms that provide comprehensive information systems and managed services solutions, systems integrators, clearinghouses and service bureaus. Many of our competitors have long operating histories, large customer bases, substantial financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources, and strong name recognition.

Current and potential competitors have established, and may establish in the future, cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties to increase their ability to address the needs of our prospective customers. In addition, our competitors have acquired, and may continue to acquire in the future, companies that may enhance their market offerings. Accordingly, new competitors or alliances among competitors may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share. As a result, our competitors may be able to adapt more quickly than us to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements, and may be able to devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their products. These relationships and alliances may also result in transaction pricing pressure which could result in large reductions in the selling price of our services. Our competitors or our customers’ in-house solutions may also provide services at a lower cost, significantly increasing pricing pressure on us. We may not be able to offset the effects of this potential pricing pressure. Our failure to adapt to changing market conditions and to compete successfully with established or new competitors may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. In particular, a failure to offset competitive pressures brought about by competitors or in-house solutions developed by Cingular Wireless could result in a substantial reduction in or the outright termination of our contract with Cingular Wireless, which would have a significant negative material impact on our business.

Failures or Interruptions of Our Systems and Services Could Materially Harm Our Revenues, Impair Our Ability to Conduct Our Operations and Damage Relationships with Our Customers.

Our success depends on our ability to provide reliable services to our customers and process a high volume of transactions in a timely and effective manner. Although we are in the process of constructing a disaster recovery facility, our network operations are currently located in a single facility in Bethlehem, Pennsylvania that is susceptible to damage or interruption from human error, fire, flood, power loss, telecommunications failure, terrorist attacks and similar events. We could also experience failures or interruptions of our systems and services, or other problems in connection with our operations, as a result of:


	•	damage to or failure of our computer software or hardware or our connections and outsourced service arrangements with third parties;

	•	errors in the processing of data by our system;

	•	computer viruses or software defects;

	•	physical or electronic break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and similar events;

	•	increased capacity demands or changes in systems requirements of our customers; or

	•	errors by our employees or third-party service providers.

In addition, our business interruption insurance may be insufficient to compensate us for losses that may occur. Any interruptions in our systems or services could damage our reputation and substantially harm our business and results of operations.

If We Fail to Meet Our Service Level Obligations Under Our Service Level Agreements, We Would Be Subject to Penalties and Could Lose Customers.

We have service level agreements with many of our customers under which we guarantee specified levels of service availability. These arrangements involve the risk that we may not have adequately estimated the level of service we will in fact be able to provide. If we fail to meet our service level obligations under these agreements, we would be subject to penalties, which could result in higher than expected costs, decreased revenues and decreased operating margins. We could also lose customers.

The Financial and Operating Difficulties in the Telecommunications Sector May Negatively Affect Our Customers and Our Company.

Recently, the telecommunications sector has been facing significant challenges resulting from excess capacity, poor operating results and financing difficulties. The sector’s financial status has at times been uncertain and access to debt and equity capital has been seriously limited. The impact of these events on us could include slower collection on accounts receivable, higher bad debt expense, uncertainties due to possible customer bankruptcies, lower pricing on new customer contracts, lower revenues due to lower usage by the end customer and possible consolidation among our customers, which will put our customers and operating performance at risk. In addition, because we operate in the communications sector, we may also be negatively impacted by limited access to debt and equity capital.

Our Reliance on Third-Party Providers for Communications Software, Services, Hardware and Infrastructure Exposes Us to a Variety of Risks We Cannot Control.

Our success depends on software, equipment, network connectivity and infrastructure hosting services supplied by our vendors and customers. In addition, we rely on third-party vendors to perform a substantial portion of our exception handling services. We may not be able to continue to purchase the necessary software, equipment and services from vendors on acceptable terms or at all. If we are unable to maintain current purchasing terms or ensure service availability with these vendors and customers, we may lose customers and experience an increase in costs in seeking alternative supplier services.

Our business also depends upon the capacity, reliability and security of the infrastructure owned and managed by third parties, including our vendors and customers, that is used by our technology interoperability services, network services, number portability services, call processed services and enterprise solutions. We have no control over the operation, quality or maintenance of a significant portion of that infrastructure and whether those third parties will upgrade or improve their software, equipment and services to meet our and our customers’ evolving requirements. We depend on these companies to maintain the operational integrity of our services. If one or more of these companies is unable or unwilling to supply or expand its levels of services to us in the future, our operations could be severely interrupted. In addition, rapid changes in the communications industry have led to industry consolidation. This consolidation may cause the availability, pricing and quality of the services we use to vary and could lengthen the amount of time it takes to deliver the services that we use.

Our Failure to Protect Confidential Information and Our Network Against Security Breaches Could Damage Our Reputation and Substantially Harm Our Business and Results of Operations.

A significant barrier to online commerce is concern about the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks. The encryption and authentication technology licensed

from third parties on which we rely to securely transmit confidential information, including credit card numbers, may not adequately protect customer transaction data. Any compromise of our security could damage our reputation and expose us to risk of loss or litigation and possible liability which could substantially harm our business and results of operation. Although we carry general liability insurance, our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type or may not be adequate to cover all costs incurred in defense of potential claims or to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. In addition, anyone who is able to circumvent our security measures could misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions in our operations. We may need to expend significant resources to protect against security breaches or to address problems caused by breaches.

If We Are Unable to Protect Our Intellectual Property Rights, Our Competitive Position Could Be Harmed or We Could Be Required to Incur Significant Expenses to Enforce Our Rights.

Our success depends to a significant degree upon the protection of our software and other proprietary technology rights, particularly our ActivationNow^® software platform. We rely on trade secret, copyright and trademark laws and confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties, all of which offer only limited protection. The steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property may not prevent misappropriation of our proprietary rights or the reverse engineering of our solutions. Legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights in other countries are uncertain and may afford little or no effective protection of our proprietary technology. Consequently, we may be unable to prevent our proprietary technology from being exploited abroad, which could require costly efforts to protect our technology. Policing the unauthorized use of our products, trademarks and other proprietary rights is expensive, difficult and, in some cases, impossible. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources, either of which could harm our business. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property.

Claims By Others That We Infringe Their Proprietary Technology Could Harm Our Business.

Third parties could claim that our current or future products or technology infringe their proprietary rights. We expect that software developers will increasingly be subject to infringement claims as the number of products and competitors providing software and services to the communications industry increases and overlaps occur. Any claim of infringement by a third party, even those without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs defending against the claim, and could distract our management from our business. Furthermore, a party making such a claim, if successful, could secure a judgment that requires us to pay substantial damages. A judgment could also include an injunction or other court order that could prevent us from offering our services. Any of these events could seriously harm our business. Third parties may also assert infringement claims against our customers. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our customers, regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of our customers. We also generally indemnify our customers if our services infringe the proprietary rights of third parties.

If anyone asserts a claim against us relating to proprietary technology or information, while we might seek to license their intellectual property, we might not be able to obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms or on any terms. In addition, any efforts to develop non-infringing technology could be unsuccessful. Our failure to obtain the necessary licenses or other rights or to develop non-infringing technology could prevent us from offering our services and could therefore seriously harm our business.

We May Seek to Acquire Companies or Technologies, Which Could Disrupt Our Ongoing Business, Disrupt Our Management and Employees and Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations.

We may acquire companies where we believe we can acquire new products or services or otherwise enhance our market position or strategic strengths. We have not made any acquisitions to date, and therefore our ability as an organization to make acquisitions is unproven. We may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates and we may not be able to complete acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. If we do complete acquisitions, we cannot be sure that they will ultimately enhance our products or strengthen our competitive position. In addition, any acquisitions that we make could lead to difficulties in integrating personnel and operations from the acquired businesses and in retaining and motivating key personnel from these businesses. Acquisitions may disrupt our ongoing operations, divert management from day-to-day responsibilities, increase our expenses and harm our results of operations or financial condition. Future acquisitions could result in potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities, the incurrence of debt, which may reduce our cash available for operations and other uses, contingent liabilities or an increase in amortization expense related to identifiable assets acquired, each of which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operation.

Our Potential Expansion into International Markets May Be Subject to Uncertainties That Could Increase Our Costs to Comply with Regulatory Requirements in Foreign Jurisdictions, Disrupt Our Operations, and Require Increased Focus from Our Management.

Our growth strategy involves the growth of our operations in foreign jurisdictions. International operations and business expansion plans are subject to numerous additional risks, including economic and political risks in foreign jurisdictions in which we operate or seek to operate, the difficulty of enforcing contracts and collecting receivables through some foreign legal systems, unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, potential difficulties in enforcing intellectual property rights in foreign countries and the difficulties associated with managing a large organization spread throughout various countries. If we continue to expand our business globally, our success will depend, in large part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other risks associated with our international operations. However, any of these factors could adversely affect our international operations and, consequently, our operating results.

We May Need Additional Capital in the Future and it May Not Be Available on Acceptable Terms.

We have historically relied on outside financing and cash flow from operations to fund our operations, capital expenditures and expansion. However, we may require additional capital in the future to fund our operations, finance investments in equipment or infrastructure, or respond to competitive pressures or strategic opportunities. We cannot assure you that additional financing will be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. In addition, the terms of available financing may place limits on our financial and operating flexibility. If we are unable to obtain sufficient capital in the future, we may not be able to continue to meet customer demand for service quality, availability and competitive pricing. We also may be forced to reduce our operations or may not be able to expand or acquire complementary businesses or be able to develop new services or otherwise respond to changing business conditions or competitive pressures.

All of Our Assets Serve as Collateral to Secure Loan Obligations.

We are a party to a Loan and Security Agreement with a bank in which we granted a first priority security interest in all of our assets to the bank. Should we default on our loan obligations, the bank may control some or all of our assets.

Our Senior Management is Important to Our Customer Relationships, and the Loss of One or More of Our Senior Managers Could Have a Negative Impact on Our Business.

We believe that our success depends in part on the continued contributions of our Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer, Stephen G. Waldis, and other members of our senior management. We rely on our executive officers and senior management to generate business and execute programs successfully. In addition, the relationships and reputation that members of our management team have established and maintain with our customers and our regulators contribute to our ability to maintain good customer relations. The loss of Mr. Waldis or any other members of senior management could impair our ability to identify and secure new contracts and otherwise manage our business.

If We Are Unable to Manage Our Growth, Our Revenues and Profits Could Be Adversely Affected.

Sustaining our growth will place significant demands on our management as well as on our administrative, operational and financial resources. For us to continue to manage our growth, we must continue to improve our operational, financial and management information systems and expand, motivate and manage our workforce. If we are unable to manage our growth successfully without compromising our quality of service and our profit margins, or if new systems that we implement to assist in managing our growth do not produce the expected benefits, our revenues and profits could be adversely affected.

We Will Incur Significant Increased Costs as a Result of Operating as a Public Company, and Our Management Will Be Required to Devote Substantial Time to New Compliance Initiatives.

We have never operated as a public company. As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Nasdaq Stock Market’s National Market, have imposed various new requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these new compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these new rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, for the year ending on December 31, 2007, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our testing, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management time on compliance related issues. We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we will evaluate the need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline and we

could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the Nasdaq Stock Market’s National Market, the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

Government Regulation of the Internet and e-commerce is Evolving and Unfavorable Changes Could Substantially Harm Our Business and Results of Operations.

We and our customers are subject to general business regulations and laws as well as regulations and laws specifically governing the Internet and e-commerce. Existing and future laws and regulations may impede the growth of the Internet and other online services. These regulations and laws may cover taxation, restrictions on imports and exports, customs, tariffs, user privacy, data protection, pricing, content, copyrights, distribution, electronic contracts and other communications, consumer protection, the provision of online payment services, broadband residential Internet access and the characteristics and quality of products and services. It is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other taxes, libel and personal privacy apply to the Internet and e-commerce. Unfavorable resolution of these issues may cause the demand for our services to change in ways that we cannot easily predict and our revenues could decline.

Changes in the Accounting Treatment of Stock Options Could Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations.

The Financial Accounting Standards Board has recently made stock option expensing mandatory in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, for financial reporting purposes, effective in 2006 (“SFAS 123(R)”). Such stock option expensing would require us to value our employee stock option grants and then amortize that value against our reported earnings over the vesting period in effect for those options. We have not been required to fair value our stock options through December 31, 2005. When we are required to expense employee stock options, this change in accounting treatment could materially and adversely affect our reported results of operations as the stock-based compensation expense would be charged directly against our reported earnings.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

The Trading Price of Our Common Stock is Likely to Be Volatile, and You Might Not Be Able to Sell Your Shares at or Above the Initial Public Offering Price.

The trading prices of the securities of technology companies have been highly volatile. Accordingly, the trading price of our common stock is likely to be subject to wide fluctuations. Further, our common stock has no prior trading history. Factors affecting the trading price of our common stock will include:


	•	variations in our operating results;

	•	announcements of technological innovations, new services or service enhancements, strategic alliances or significant agreements by us or by our competitors;

	•	the gain or loss of significant customers;

	•	recruitment or departure of key personnel;

	•	changes in the estimates of our operating results or changes in recommendations by any securities analysts that elect to follow our common stock;

	•	market conditions in our industry, the industries of our customers and the economy as a whole; and

	•	adoption or modification of regulations, policies, procedures or programs applicable to our business.

In addition, if the market for technology stocks or the stock market in general experiences continued or greater loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, operating results or financial condition. The trading price of our common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies in our industry even if these events do not directly affect us. Each of these factors among others, could have a material adverse effect on your investment in our common stock. Some companies that have had volatile market prices for their securities have had securities class actions filed against them. If a suit were filed against us, regardless of the outcome, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Our Securities Have No Prior Market and We Cannot Assure You That Our Stock Price Will Not Decline After the Offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Although we have applied to have our common stock quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Market’s National Market, an active public trading market for our common stock may not develop or, if it develops, may not be maintained after this offering, and the market price could fall below the initial public offering price. Factors such as quarterly variations in our financial results, announcements by us or others, developments affecting us, our customers and our suppliers, acquisition of products or businesses by us or our competitors, and general market volatility could cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate significantly. As a result, you could lose all or part of your investment. Our company, the selling stockholders, and the representatives of the underwriters will negotiate to determine the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price may be higher than the trading price of our common stock following this offering.

As a New Investor, You Will Experience Substantial Dilution as a Result of This Offering and Future Equity Issuances.

The initial public offering price per share is substantially higher than the current/pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock outstanding prior to this offering. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience immediate substantial dilution of $7.18 a share. In addition, we have issued options to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent outstanding options are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this offering. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of common stock. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, or if outstanding options and warrants to purchase our common stock are exercised, you will experience additional dilution.

Future Sales of Shares By Existing Stockholders Could Cause Our Stock Price to Decline.

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the 180-day contractual lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline below the initial public offering price. Based on shares outstanding as of April 30, 2006, upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding 30,922,102 shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Of these shares, only the 7,600,000 shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market. Goldman, Sachs & Co. may, in its sole discretion, permit our officers, directors, employees and current stockholders who are subject to the 180-day contractual lock-up to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

After the lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus, up to an additional 23,971,651 shares will be eligible for sale in the public market,

17,576,968 of which are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and various vesting agreements. In addition, the 94,828 shares subject to outstanding warrants and the 4,256,436 shares that are either subject to outstanding options or reserved for future issuance under our 2000 Stock Option Plan and 2006 Equity Incentive Plan will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting agreements, the lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

Some of our existing stockholders have demand and piggyback rights to require us to register with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, up to 11,549,256 shares of our common stock that they own. In addition, our existing warrant holders have piggyback rights to require us to register with the SEC up to 94,828 shares of our common stock that they acquire upon exercise of their warrants. If we register these shares of common stock, the stockholders can freely sell the shares in the public market. All of these shares are subject to lock-up agreements restricting their sale for 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

After this offering, we intend to register approximately 2,254,502 shares of our common stock that we may issue under our equity plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements, if applicable, described above.

Our Management Will Have Broad Discretion Over the Use of the Proceeds We Receive in This Offering and Might Not Apply the Proceeds in Ways That Increase the Value of Your Investment.

Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. They might not apply the net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures, and for possible investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses, services or technologies. We have not allocated these net proceeds for any specific purposes. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use the proceeds.

If Securities or Industry Analysts Do Not Publish Research or Reports or Publish Unfavorable Research About Our Business, Our Stock Price and Trading Volume Could Decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to regularly publish reports on us, interest in the purchase of our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Existing Stockholders Significantly Influence Us and Could Delay or Prevent an Acquisition By a Third Party.

Upon completion of this offering, executive officers, key employees and directors and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 56% of our outstanding common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. As a result, these

stockholders will be able to exercise significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, which could have the effect of delaying or preventing a third party from acquiring control over us. For information regarding the ownership of our outstanding stock by our executive officers and directors and their affiliates, please see “Principal Stockholders”.

Delaware Law and Provisions in Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws Could Make a Merger, Tender Offer or Proxy Contest Difficult, Therefore Depressing the Trading Price of Our Common Stock.

We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the person becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change of control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. For more information, see “Description of Capital Stock — Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and Delaware Law.” In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws:


	•	authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to thwart a takeover attempt;

	•	prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors, which would otherwise allow holders of less than a majority of the stock to elect some directors;

	•	establish a classified board of directors, as a result of which the successors to the directors whose terms have expired will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election;

	•	require that directors only be removed from office for cause;

	•	provide that vacancies on the board of directors, including newly-created directorships, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office;

	•	limit who may call special meetings of stockholders;

	•	prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders; and

	•	establish advance notice requirements for nominating candidates for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

For information regarding these and other provisions, please see “Description of Capital Stock.” We are also currently considering other anti-takeover measures, including a stockholders’ rights plan.

Completion of This Offering May Limit Our Ability to Use Our Net Operating Loss Carryforwards.

As of December 31, 2005, we had substantial federal and state net operating loss carryforwards. Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, substantial changes in our ownership may limit the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that can be utilized annually in the future to offset taxable income. We believe that, as a result of this offering, it is possible that a change in our ownership will be deemed to have occurred. If such a change in our ownership occurs, our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards in any fiscal year may be limited under these provisions.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes “forward-looking statements,” as defined by federal securities laws, with respect to our financial condition, results of operations and business, and our expectations or beliefs concerning future events, including increases in operating margins. Words such as, but not limited to, “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “targets,” “likely,” “will,” “would,” “could,” and similar expressions or phrases identify forward-looking statements.

All forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. The occurrence of the events described, and the achievement of the expected results, depend on many events, some or all of which are not predictable or within our control. Actual results may differ materially from expected results.

Factors that may cause actual results to differ from expected results include, among others:


	•	loss of customers;

	•	lack of market acceptance of VoIP and/or government regulation of VoIP;

	•	our failure to anticipate and adapt to future changes in our industry;

	•	a lack of growth in communications services transactions on the Internet;

	•	compromises to our privacy safeguards;

	•	the occurrence of fraudulent internet transactions;

	•	a decline in subscribers in the wireless industry;

	•	our inability to stay profitable;

	•	our inability to expand our sales capabilities;

	•	consolidation in the communications services industry;

	•	competition in our industry and innovation by our competitors;

	•	failures and/or interruptions of our systems and services;

	•	failure to meet obligations under service level agreements;

	•	financial and operating difficulties in the telecommunications sector;


	•	failure of our third-party providers of software, services, hardware and infrastructure to provide such items;


	•	our failure to protect confidential information;

	•	our inability to protect our intellectual property rights;

	•	claims by others that we infringe their proprietary technology;

	•	our inability to successfully identify and manage our acquisitions;

	•	our inability to manage expansion into international markets;

	•	our inability to obtain capital in the future on acceptable terms;

	•	the loss of key personnel or qualified technical staff;

	•	our inability to manage growth;

	•	the increased expenses and administrative workload associated with being a public company;

	•	government regulation of the Internet and e-commerce; and

	•	changes in accounting treatment of stock options.

All future written and verbal forward-looking statements attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section. We undertake no obligation, and specifically decline any obligation, to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this prospectus might not occur.

See the section entitled “Risk Factors” for a more complete discussion of these risks and uncertainties and for other risks and uncertainties. These factors and the other risk factors described in this prospectus are not necessarily all of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could harm our results. Consequently, there can be no assurance that the actual results or developments anticipated by us will be realized or, even if substantially realized, that they will have the expected consequences to, or effects on, us. Given these uncertainties, prospective investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.

Synchronoss^®, ActivationNow^® and PerformancePartner^® are trademarks of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. FORTUNE 500^® is a registered trademark of Time Inc. This prospectus also includes other registered and unregistered trademarks of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. and other persons.

Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “Synchronoss,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus to refer to Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us of the sale of the common stock that we are offering will be approximately $58.9 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $10.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we must pay. We will not receive any of the proceeds of the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders.

The primary purposes of the offering are to fund the expansion of our business and to create a public market for our common stock. Part of our current growth strategy is to further penetrate the North American markets and to possibly expand our customer base internationally. We anticipate that a portion of the proceeds of this offering will enable us to finance this expansion. In addition, we could use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to make strategic investments in, or pursue acquisitions of, other businesses, products or technologies. We do not presently have any plans, proposals or arrangements, written or otherwise, to acquire companies or technologies, nor are we currently contemplating any significant capital expenditures. Our management will have broad discretion in the allocation of the net proceeds of this offering. The amounts actually expended and the timing of such expenditures will depend on a number of factors, including our realization of the different elements of our growth strategy and the amount of cash generated by our operations.

Pending use of proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common or preferred equity. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to compliance with certain covenants under our credit facilities, which restrict or limit our ability to declare or pay dividends, and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

CAPITALIZATION

(in thousands, except per share data)

The table below sets forth the following information:



	•	our actual capitalization as of March 31, 2006;


	•	our pro forma capitalization after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock upon the effectiveness of this offering; and


	•	our pro forma capitalization as adjusted to reflect (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock upon the effectiveness of this offering and (ii) the receipt of the estimated net proceeds from our sale of 6,532,107 shares of common stock at an assumed offering price of $10 per share in this offering and the filing of a new certificate of incorporation after the closing of this offering.

The table below excludes the following shares:



	•	1,154,059 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2006 at a weighted average exercise price of $2.86 per share; and



	•	681,877 shares of common stock available for issuance under our 2000 Stock Plan.

See “Management — Employee Benefit Plans,” and Note 8 of “Notes to Financial Statements” for a description of our equity plans.


			As of March 31, 2006

			(in thousands)
									Pro Forma
			Actual			Pro Forma			As Adjusted

Equipment loan payable			$	1,167		$	1,167		$	1,167
Series A, redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 13,103 shares authorized, 11,549 shares issued and outstanding actual; 13,103 shares authorized, no shares outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted				33,493			—			—
Series 1, convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 2,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding actual; 2,000 shares authorized, no shares outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted				1,444			—			—
Stockholders’ (deficiency) equity:
	Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 100,000 shares authorized, 10,742 shares issued and 10,646 shares outstanding actual, 24,195 proforma shares outstanding, 30,728 proforma as adjusted shares outstanding			1			2			3
	Treasury stock, at cost, 96 shares			(19	)		(19	)		(19	)
	Additional paid-in capital			2,070			37,006			94,917
	Accumulated other comprehensive loss			(99	)		(99	)		(99	)
	Accumulated deficit			(4,162	)		(4,162	)		(4,162	)

		Total stockholders’ (deficiency) equity		(2,209	)		32,728			90,640

Total capitalization			$	33,895		$	33,895		$	91,807

DILUTION

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2006, after the offering, was $86.7 million, or approximately $2.82 per share. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of stockholders’ equity, divided by shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock upon completion of this offering.

Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after completion of this offering. After giving effect to our sale of 6.5 million shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $10.00 per share and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our net tangible book value as of December 31, 2005 would have been $86.7 million or $2.82 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $1.69 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $7.18 per share to purchasers of common stock in the offering, as illustrated in the following table:


Assumed initial public offering price per share					$	10.00
	Historical net tangible book value per share	$	(.70	)
	Increase attributable to the conversion of the convertible preferred stock		1.83

	Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this offering		1.13
	Increase per share attributable to new investors		1.69

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering						2.82

Dilution per share to new investors					$	7.18

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full in this offering, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering would be $3.02 per share, the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $0.20 per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering would be $6.98 per share.

The following table presents on a pro forma basis as of March 31, 2006, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock upon completion of this offering, the differences between the existing stockholders and the purchasers of shares in the offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price paid per share:


							Total Consideration

		Shares Purchased					(in thousands, except						Average
							per share data)						Price Per
		Number		Percent			Amount			Percent			Share

Existing stockholders			24,196,118		78.7	%	$	36,809,000	*		36.0	%	$	1.52
New stockholders			6,532,107		21.3			65,321,070			64.0		$	10.00

	Totals		30,728,225		100.0	%	$	102,130,000			100.0	%	$	3.32

As of March 31, 2006, there were options outstanding to purchase a total of 1,154,059 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $2.86 per share. In addition, as of March 31, 2006 there were warrants outstanding to purchase 94,828 shares of preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $2.90 per share. To the extent outstanding options or warrants are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. For a description of our equity plans, please see “Management — Employee Benefit Plans” and Note 8 of Notes to the Financial Statements.

*Consideration included proceeds allocated to the Series 1 shareholders.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial data included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected statement of operations data for 2003, 2004 and 2005 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 are derived from our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected statement of operations data for 2001 and 2002 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 are derived from our audited financial statements and related notes not included in this prospectus. The selected statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 and the selected balance sheet data as of March 31, 2006 have been derived from our unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (which include only normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary to present fairly the financial condition and results of operations as of March 31, 2006 and for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 have been made. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2006 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2006.


																	Three Months
																	Ended
		Year Ended December 31,															March 31,

		2001			2002			2003			2004			2005			2005			2006

																	(unaudited)
		(in thousands except per share data)
Statements of Operations Data:
Net revenues		$	5,621		$	8,185		$	16,550		$	27,191		$	54,218		$	11,350		$	15,724
Costs and expenses:
	Cost of services ($2,072, $100, $9, $2,610 $8,089, $1,532 and $2,136 were purchased from a related party in 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 and for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively)*		4,876			3,715			7,655			17,688			30,205			6,281			8,763
	Research and development		3,923			3,029			3,160			3,324			5,689			1,047			1,685
	Selling, general and administrative ($0, $0, $0, $0, $120, $0 and $78 were related to stock-based compensation in 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 and for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively)		5,308			5,169			4,053			4,340			7,544			1,796			2,010
	Depreciation and amortization		2,138			2,726			2,919			2,127			2,305			510			719

Total costs and expenses			16,245			14,639			17,787			27,479			45,743			9,634			13,177

(Loss) income from operations			(10,624	)		(6,454	)		(1,237	)		(288	)		8,475			1,716			2,547
	Interest and other income		928			584			321			320			258			10			100
	Interest expense		(96	)		(184	)		(128	)		(39	)		(133	)		(34	)		(29	)

(Loss) income before income tax benefit			(9,792	)		(6,054	)		(1,044	)		(7	)		8,600			1,692			2,618
	Income tax benefit (expense)		—			—			—			—			3,829			—			(1,089	)

Net (loss) income			(9,792	)		(6,054	)		(1,044	)		(7	)		12,429			1,692			1,529
	Preferred stock accretion		(33	)		(35	)		(35	)		(35	)		(34	)		(8	)		—

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders		$	(9,825	)	$	(6,089	)	$	(1,079	)	$	(42	)	$	12,395		$	1,684		$	1,529

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per common share:
	Basic	$	(1.29	)	$	(0.68	)	$	(0.11	)	$	(0.00	)	$	0.57		$	0.08		$	0.07

	Diluted	$	(1.29	)	$	(0.68	)	$	(0.11	)	$	(0.00	)	$	0.50		$	0.07		$	0.06

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:**
	Basic		7,594			8,932			9,838			10,244			21,916			21,823			22,053

	Diluted		7,594			8,932			9,838			10,244			24,921			24,437			24,956

	Pro forma net income													$	12,429					$	1,529

	Pro forma net income per share:
	Basic													$	0.52					$	0.06

	Diluted													$	0.50					$	0.06

	Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding:
	Basic														23,916						24,053

	Diluted														24,921						24,956



*	Cost of services excludes depreciation and amortization which is shown separately.



**	See Note 2 in our audited financial statements for the basis of our EPS presentation.


																As of March 31, 2006

																					Pro Forma
	2001			2002			2003			2004			2005			Actual			Pro Forma		as Adjusted

																(unaudited)
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities	$	20,071		$	16,620		$	13,556		$	10,521		$	16,002		$	14,435		$	14,435	$	73,324
Working Capital		12,960			3,802			7,944			8,077			21,774			24,188			24,188		83,077
Total assets		30,041			22,255			22,402			22,784			40,208			41,311			41,311		98,819
Total stockholders’ equity (deficiency)		(10,787	)		(16,752	)		(17,783	)		(17,916	)		(4,864	)		(2,209	)		32,728		90,640

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with the information set forth under “Selected Financial Data” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. All numbers are expressed in thousands unless otherwise stated. The statements in this discussion regarding our expectations of our future performance, liquidity and capital resources, and other non-historical statements in this discussion, are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties described under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in the prospectus. Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward-looking statements.

Overview

We are a leading provider of e-commerce transaction management solutions to the communications services marketplace based on our penetration with key CSPs. Our proprietary on-demand software platform enables communications service providers, or CSPs, to take, manage and provision orders and other customer-oriented transactions and create complex service bundles. We target complex and high-growth industry segments including wireless, Voice over Internet Protocol, or VoIP, wireline and other markets. We have designed our solution to be flexible, allowing us to meet the rapidly changing and converging services offered by CSPs. By simplifying technological complexities through the automation and integration of disparate systems, we enable CSPs to acquire, retain and service customers quickly, reliably and cost-effectively. Our industry-leading customers include Cingular Wireless, Vonage Holdings, Cablevision Systems, Level 3 Communications, Verizon Business, Clearwire, 360networks, Time Warner Cable, Comcast and AT&T. Our CSP customers use our platform and technology to service both consumer and business customers, including over 300 of the Fortune 500 companies.

We were formed on September 19, 2000 as a spin off from Vertek Corporation. During 2001, we completed a private placement of our Series A convertible preferred stock. The net proceeds received from our Series A round of financing totaled approximately $34 million. There have been no subsequent rounds of financing. Our revenue stream has grown as demand in the telecommunications and other related emerging markets has continued to evolve. In 2001, we expanded our revenue base from wireline to wireless services. In 2003, we began to offer a more “end-to-end” solution in the wireless markets for our customers. During the third quarter of 2003, we expanded our services to include exception handling services. The addition of this service has allowed us to focus on our customers’ entire business processes. In 2004, we further expanded our offerings to include local number portability services for broadband companies and in 2005 we added customers in the VoIP markets. As our services have evolved, we have been able to offer these services bundled in a transactional price.

We generate a substantial portion of our revenues on a per-transaction basis, most of which is derived from long-term contracts. We have increased our revenues rapidly, growing at a compound annual growth rate of 76% from 2001 to 2005. Over the last three years we have derived an increasing percentage of our revenues from transactions. For 2003, we derived approximately 47% of our revenues from transactions processed; and for 2004, we derived approximately 63% of our revenues from transactions processed. For 2005, we derived approximately 83% of our revenues from transactions processed. For the three months ended March 31, 2006, we derived approximately 87% of our revenues from transactions processed. The remainder of our revenues were generated by professional services and subscription revenues, which have been decreasing as a percentage of our net revenues. We expect that this trend will continue and that we will derive an increasing percentage of our net revenues from transaction processing in future years.

Our costs and expenses consist of cost of services, research and development, selling, general and administrative and depreciation and amortization.

Cost of services includes all direct materials, direct labor and those indirect costs related to revenues such as indirect labor, materials and supplies. Our primary cost of services is related to our information technology and systems department, including network costs, data center maintenance, database management and data processing costs, as well as personnel costs associated with service implementation, customer deployment and customer care. Also included in cost of services are costs associated with our exception handling centers and the maintenance of those centers. Currently, we utilize a combination of employees and third-party providers to process transactions through these centers.

Research and development expense consists primarily of costs related to personnel, including salaries and other personnel-related expense, consulting fees and the costs of facilities, computer and support services used in service and technology development. We also expense costs relating to developing modifications and enhancements of our existing technology and services.

Selling, general and administrative expense consists of personnel costs including salaries, sales commissions, sales operations and other personnel-related expense, travel and related expense, trade shows, costs of communications equipment and support services, facilities costs, consulting fees and costs of marketing programs, such as Internet and print. General and administrative expense consists primarily of salaries and other personnel-related expense for our executive, administrative, legal, finance and human resources functions, facilities, professional services fees, certain audit, tax and license fees and bad debt expense.

Depreciation and amortization relates primarily to our property and equipment and includes our network infrastructure and facilities related to our services.

Current Trends Affecting Our Results of Operations

We have experienced increased demand for our services, which has been driven by market trends such as local number portability, the implementation of new technologies, such as Voice over Internet Protocol, or VoIP, subscriber growth, competitive churn, network changes and consolidations. In particular, the emergence of VoIP and local number portability has increased the need for our services and will continue to be a factor contributing to competitive churn. As a result of market trends, our revenue stream has expanded from primarily wireline customers to the addition of wireless customers and services. In 2004, local number portability services were added and in 2005 we further expanded into the VoIP markets.

To support the growth driven by the favorable industry trends mentioned above, we continue to look for opportunities to improve our operating efficiencies, such as the utilization of offshore technical and non-technical resources for our exception handling center management. We believe that this program will continue to provide future benefits and position us to support revenue growth. In addition, we anticipate further automation of the transactions generated by our more mature customers and additional transaction types. These development efforts are expected to reduce exception handling costs.

Upon becoming a public company, we will experience increases in certain general and administrative expenses to comply with the laws and regulations applicable to public companies. These laws and regulations include the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Nasdaq Stock Market’s National Market. To comply with the corporate governance and operating requirements of being a public company, we will incur increases in such items as personnel costs, professional services fees, fees for independent directors and the cost of directors and officers liability insurance. We believe that these costs will approximate $1.8 million to $2.5 million annually.

In 2005, we were able to utilize net operating loss carryforwards from previous years to offset taxable income and income tax expense related to U.S. federal income taxes. These carryforwards have been reflected as a benefit in our 2005 tax provision and will reduce taxes payable in the future. Beginning in 2006, we expect our profits to be subject to U.S. federal income taxes at the statutory rates.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires us to utilize accounting policies and make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingencies as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expense during a fiscal period. The Securities and Exchange Commission considers an accounting policy to be critical if it is important to a company’s financial condition and results of operations, and if it requires significant judgment and estimates on the part of management in its application. We have discussed the selection and development of the critical accounting policies with the audit committee of our board of directors, and the audit committee has reviewed our related disclosures in this prospectus. Although we believe that our judgments and estimates are appropriate and correct, actual results may differ from those estimates.

We believe the following to be our critical accounting policies because they are important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and they require critical management judgments and estimates about matters that are uncertain. If actual results or events differ materially from those contemplated by us in making these estimates, our reported financial condition and results of operations for future periods could be materially affected. See “Risk Factors” for certain matters bearing risks on our future results of operations.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

We provide services principally on a transactional basis or, at times, on a fixed fee basis and recognize the revenues as the services are performed or delivered as discussed below:

Transactional service arrangements: Transaction service revenues consist of revenues derived from the processing of transactions through our service platform and represented approximately 83% of our net revenues for 2005 and 87% for the three months ended March 31, 2006. Transaction service arrangements include services such as equipment orders, new account setup, number port requests, credit checks and inventory management.

Transaction revenues are principally based on a set price per transaction and revenues are recognized based on the number of transactions processed during each reporting period. For these contracts, revenues are recorded based on the total number of transactions processed at the applicable price established in the contract. The total amount of revenues recognized is based primarily on the volume of transactions. At times, transaction revenues may also include billings to customers based on the number of individuals dedicated to processing transactions. For these contracts we record revenues based on the applicable hourly rate per employee for each reporting period.

Many of our contracts have guaranteed minimum volume transactions from our customers. In these instances, if the customers’ total transaction volume for the period is less than the contractual amount, we record revenues at the minimum guaranteed amount.

Set up fees for transactional service arrangements are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the contract since these amounts would not have been paid by the customer without the related transactional service arrangement.

Revenue is presented net of a provision for discounts, which are customer volume level driven, or credits, which are performance driven, and are determined in the period in which the volume thresholds are met or the services are provided.

Deferred revenues represent billings to customers for services in advance of the performance of services, with revenues recognized as the services are rendered.

Subscription Service Arrangements: Subscription service arrangements represented approximately 6% of our net revenues for 2005 and 2% for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and related principally to our ActivationNow^® platform service which the customer accesses through a graphical user interface. We record revenues on a straight-line basis over the life of the contract for our subscription service contracts.

Professional Service and Other Service Arrangements: Professional services and other service revenues represented approximately 11% of our net revenues for each of 2005 and the three months ended March 31, 2006. Professional services, when sold with transactional service arrangements, are accounted for separately when these services have value to the customer on a standalone basis and there is objective and reliable evidence of fair value of each deliverable. When accounted for separately, professional service (i.e. consulting services) revenues are recognized as the services are rendered for time and material contracts. The majority of our consulting contracts are billed monthly and revenues are recognized as our services are performed.

In determining whether professional services can be accounted for separately from transaction support revenues, we consider the following factors for each professional services agreement: availability of the consulting services from other vendors, whether objective and reliable evidence for fair value exists of the undelivered elements, the nature of the consulting services, the timing of when the consulting contract was signed in comparison to the transaction service start date, and the contractual dependence of the transactional service on the customer’s satisfaction with the consulting work.

If a professional service arrangement does not qualify for separate accounting, we would recognize the professional service revenues ratably over the remaining term of the transaction contract. There were no such arrangements for 2003, 2004 and 2005, or for any other period presented.

Service Level Standards

Pursuant to certain contracts, we are subject to service level standards and to corresponding penalties for failure to meet those standards. We record a provision for those performance-related penalties for failure to meet those standards. All performance-related penalties are reflected as a corresponding reduction of our revenues. These penalties, if applicable, are recorded in the month incurred.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. The amount of the allowance account is based on historical experience and our analysis of the accounts receivable balance outstanding. While credit losses have historically been within our expectations and the provisions established, we cannot guarantee that we will continue to experience the same credit losses that we have in the past. If the financial condition of one of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in their inability to make payments, additional allowances may be required which would result in an additional expense in the period that this determination was made.

Valuation Allowance

We record a valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that an asset will not be realized. Determining when we will recognize our deferred tax assets is a matter of judgment based on facts and circumstances. We determined that it was appropriate to record our

deferred tax assets at full value during the fourth quarter of 2005 as well as the first quarter of 2006, based on our recent cumulative earnings history and our expected future earnings. However, if there were a significant change in facts, such as a loss of a significant customer, we may determine that a valuation allowance is appropriate.

Adoption of SFAS No. 123(R)

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS 123(R)), which requires compensation costs related to share-based transactions, including employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on fair value. SFAS 123(R) revises SFAS 123, as amended, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (SFAS 123), and supersedes Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (APB 25). We adopted SFAS 123(R) using the prospective method. Under this method, compensation cost is recognized for all share-based payments granted subsequent to December 31, 2005. Prior to January 1, 2006, we used the minimum value method, to determine values of our pro forma stock-based compensation disclosures.

Stock Based Compensation

At December 31, 2005, we had one stock-based employee compensation plan, which is described more fully in Note 8 to the financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for this plan under the recognition and measurement provisions of APB 25 and related interpretations, as permitted by SFAS 123. Stock-based employee compensation cost was recognized in the statement of operations for 2003, 2004 and 2005, to the extent options granted under the plan had an exercise price that was less than the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Under the prospective transition method, compensation cost recognized for all share-based payments granted subsequent to January 1, 2006 is based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R). Results for prior periods have not been restated. As a result of adopting SFAS 123(R) on January 1, 2006, our net income for the period ended March 31, 2006 was $0.08 million less than had we continued to account for share-based compensation under APB Opinion 25.

Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we presented our unamortized portion of deferred compensation cost for nonvested stock options in the statement of changes in shareholders’ deficiency with a corresponding credit to additional paid-in capital. Upon the adoption of SFAS 123(R), these amounts were offset against each other as SFAS 123(R) prohibits the “gross-up” of stockholders equity. Under SFAS 123(R), an equity instrument is not considered to be issued until the instrument vests. As a result, compensation cost is recognized over the requisite service period with an offsetting credit to additional paid-in capital.

The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if we had applied the provisions of SFAS 123 to options granted under our stock option plan for all periods presented prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R). For purposes of this pro forma disclosure, the value of the

options is estimated using a minimum value option-pricing formula and amortized to expense over the options’ vesting periods.


		Year Ended									Three Months
		December 31,									Ended
											March 31,
		2003			2004			2005			2005

Numerator:											Unaudited
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders, as reported		$	(1,079	)	$	(42	)	$	12,395		$	1,684
Add non-cash employee compensation and preferred stock accretion as reported			—			—			155			8
Less total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the minimum value method for all awards			(4	)		(7	)		(139	)		(4	)

Pro forma net (loss) income		$	(1,083	)	$	(49	)	$	12,411		$	1,688

Net income (loss) per common share:
Basic:
	As reported	$	(0.11	)	$	—		$	0.57		$	0.08

	Pro forma	$	(0.11	)	$	—		$	0.57		$	0.08

Diluted:
	As reported	$	(0.11	)	$	—		$	0.50		$	0.07

	Pro forma	$	(0.11	)	$	—		$	0.50		$	0.07

For the year ended December 31, 2005, we accounted for our employee stock-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of APB 25 and related interpretations, which required us to recognize compensation cost for the excess of the fair value of the stock at the grant date over the exercise price, if any, and to recognize that cost over the vesting period of the option. Approximately $0.1 million, $0.0 million and $0.08 million relating to stock-based employee compensation cost for stock options is reflected in net income for year ended December 31, 2005 and for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. In addition, the remaining $0.7 million of deferred compensation is anticipated to be expensed as follows: $0.2 million in 2006, $0.2 million in 2007, $0.2 million in 2008 and $0.1 million in 2009.

Upon adoption of SFAS 123(R), we selected the Black-Scholes option pricing model as the most appropriate model for determining the estimated fair value for stock-based awards. The fair value of stock option awards subsequent to December 31, 2005 is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally the vesting period. Use of a valuation model requires management to make certain assumptions with respect to selected model inputs. Expected volatility was calculated based on a blended weighted average of historical information of our stock and the weighted average of historical information of similar public entities for which historical information was available. We will continue to use a blended weighted average approach using our own historical volatility and other similar public entity volatility information until our historical volatility is relevant to measure expected volatility for future option grants. The average expected life was determined according to the SEC shortcut approach as described in SAB 107, Disclosure about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, which is the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life assumed at the date of grant. Forfeitures are estimated based on voluntary termination behavior, as well as a historical analysis of

actual option forfeitures. The weighted-average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model are as follows:


	Three Months
	Ended
	March 31, 2006

Incentive Stock Options (ISOs)
Expected stock price volatility		42	%
Risk free interest rate		4.875	%
Expected life of options (years)		6.25
Expected annual dividend per share	$	—


	Three Months
	Ended
	March 31, 2006

Non-Qualified Stock Options (NSOs)
Expected stock price volatility		42	%
Risk free interest rate		4.875	%
Expected life of options (years)		6
Expected annual dividend per share	$	—

The weighted-average fair value (as of the date of grant) of the options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2006 is $4.40 and $4.31 per share for ISOs and NSOs, respectively.

During the three months ended March 31, 2006, we recorded pretax compensation expense of $0.08 million ($0.05 million, net of tax) related to expensing our stock options during the quarter. Beginning in 2006, in certain cases, we granted members of our board of directors and certain employees NSOs in addition to ISOs. The total compensation cost related to non-vested stock option awards not yet recognized as of March 31, 2006 was approximately $0.2 million for the ISOs and approximately $0.3 million for the NSOs. The ISOs are expected to be recognized over 4 years and the NSOs are expected to be recognized over 3 years.

During the three months ended March 31, 2006 we granted stock options with exercise prices as follows:


	Options		Exercise		Fair Value of		Black-Scholes
Grant Date	Granted		Price		Underlying Stock		Fair Value

February 10, 2006		104	$	8.98	$	8.98	$	4.40
February 10, 2006		100	$	8.98	$	8.98	$	4.31

The exercise prices for options granted in 2005 were set by our board of directors, with input from our management, based on our determination of the fair market value of our common stock at the time of the grants. During 2003, 2004 and part of 2005, we estimated the value of our stock options using a simple enterprise value allocation method that is similar to the current value method described in the AICPA Technical Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation (Practice Aid) since we believe this allocation method was consistent with most similarly-situated private technology companies. However, as we moved closer to a possible initial public offering, we determined in the fourth quarter of 2005 that it was more appropriate to use more sophisticated models to estimate enterprise value and that various enterprise allocation methods should also be evaluated. We believe that all options issued prior to 2005 were issued with exercise prices that equaled at least fair value at the time of the grants. In establishing the retrospective estimates of fair value of our common stock related to stock options

issued in 2005, we considered the guidance set forth in the Practice Aid, and performed a retrospective determination of the fair value of our common stock, utilizing a combination of valuation methods. Information on stock option grants during 2005 is as follows:


					Retrospective
	Number of				Determination
	Options Granted				of Fair Value of		Intrinsic
Grant Date	(in thousands)		Exercise Price		Common Stock		Value

April 12, 2005		207	$	0.45	$	1.84	$	1.39
July 14, 2005		98	$	0.45	$	6.19	$	5.74
October 21, 2005		120	$	10.00	$	7.85	$	0.00

Determining the fair value of the common stock of a private enterprise requires complex and subjective judgments. Our estimates of enterprise value at each of the grant dates during 2005 used the weighted results from both the income approach and the market approach.

Under the income approach, our enterprise value was based on the present value of our forecasted operating results. Our revenue forecasts were based on expected annual growth rates while our expenses, although expected to remain fairly consistent with current results, are expected to decrease as a percentage of revenues as our revenues grow. The assumptions underlying the estimates are consistent with our business plan. The risks associated with achieving our forecasts were assessed in selecting the appropriate discount rates, which were approximately 18% to 19%, as well as the timing of a new VoIP contract and the renewal of a significant customer agreement.

Under the market approach, we were compared to a peer group and an estimated enterprise value was developed based on multiples of revenues and earnings from companies in that peer group. When we achieved or exceeded a significant milestone, a premium or discount was applied to determine our enterprise value.

Once our enterprise value was established, an allocation method was used to allocate the enterprise value to the different classes of equity instruments. During our retrospective review, we used the probability weighted expected returns (PWER) method to allocate our enterprise value to our common stock. Under the PWER method, the value of common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of future values for the enterprise assuming various future outcomes. In our specific fact pattern, the future outcomes included two scenarios: (i) we become a public company and; (ii) we remain a private company. In general, the closer a company gets to an initial public offering scenario, the higher the probability assessment weighting is for that scenario. We used a 25% probability assumption for our April 2005 grants and this percentage increased as discussions with our investment bankers began and continued to increase through the drafting of our registration statement. An increase in the probability assessment for an initial public offering has a significant increase in value ascribed to our common stock.

For each of the two scenarios, estimated future and present value for the common shares were calculated using assumptions including:



	•	Our expected pre-IPO valuation



	•	A risk-adjusted discount rate associated with the IPO scenario


	•	“As if” conversion values for the Series A and Series 1 shares

	•	Appropriate discount for lack of marketability under both scenarios for each valuation date given the length of time until expected IPO

	•	A minority interest discount associated to be applied to the private company scenario

	•	The expected probability of achieving IPO versus remaining a private company

Upon the completion of the re-valuation performed in connection with the grants above, our management presented its findings to our board of directors, who then approved the retrospectively

determined fair values. Our board of directors considered various actions in response to the retrospectively determined fair value, including actions to reduce potential adverse tax consequences to employees who were granted options to purchase our common stock at exercise prices below the fair value at the time of grant. In April 2006, our board of directors offered such employees the opportunity to exchange their options for new options with exercise prices equal to fair value at the time of grant and a number of shares of restricted common stock having a value (as of April 2006) equal to the amount by which the aggregate exercise price of the new stock options exceeded the aggregate exercise price of the exchanged stock options.

The increase in the fair value of our common stock during 2005 principally reflects a significant increase in our probability weighting for an initial public offering scenario and the continued growth of our revenues and income, which resulted in an increase in our projections of future earnings. The following is a summary of the factors that led us to determine that there had been an increase in the value of our common stock at each grant date:

Options Granted on April 12, 2005

The fair value of the common stock underlying 207 options granted to employees on April 12, 2005 was determined to be $1.84 per share. The principal factors considered in determining the increase in fair value of our common stock as compared to the December 31, 2004 value were as follows:


	•	Our operating income estimates continued to reflect projections consistent with the approved business plan;


	•	We achieved our third consecutive quarter of profitability; and


	•	The possibility of an initial public offering remained consistent with our business plan and a relatively low probability estimate (25%) for the IPO scenario was assumed under the PWER (probability weighted expected returns) method.

Options Granted on July 14, 2005

The fair value of the common stock underlying 98 options granted to employees on July 14, 2005 was determined to be $6.19 per share. The principal factors considered in determining the increase in fair value of our common stock were as follows:


	•	For the six months ended June 30, 2005, revenues and net income exceeded forecasts in our business plan;


	•	Discussions began with our investment bankers around the possibility of an initial public offering earlier than anticipated in our business plan; in light of these discussions, a higher probability (60%) was assumed under the PWER method; and


	•	We signed a leading VoIP provider as a new customer.

Options Granted on October 21, 2005

Although we had originally determined the fair value of the common stock underlying 120 options granted to employees on October 21, 2005 to be $10.00 at the time, based upon a contemporaneous sale of common stock to an unrelated third party by certain stockholders of the Company, including Stephen G. Waldis and James McCormick, we determined that the value of the common stock was $7.85 per share. The principal factors considered in determining the increase in fair value of our common stock over the July determination were as follows:


	•	For the nine months ended September 30, 2005, revenues and net income exceeded forecasts in our business plan;



	•	During the third quarter we initiated the process of an initial public offering and began drafting a registration statement; as a result we increased the probability used under the PWER method to 75%; and


	•	Anticipated renewal of a contract with a large customer for an additional two years.

Results of Operations

Three months ended March 31, 2006, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2005

The following table presents an overview of our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006.


		Three Months Ended March 31,

												Three Months Ended
		2005					2006					March 31,
												2005 vs 2006
				% of					% of
		$		Revenue			$		Revenue			$ Change		% Change

		(in thousands)
Net Revenue		$	11,350		100.0	%	$	15,724		100.0	%	$	4,374		38.5	%

Cost of services (excluding depreciation and amortization shown separately below)			6,281		55.3	%		8,763		55.7	%		2,482		39.5	%
Research and development			1,047		9.2	%		1,685		10.7	%		638		60.9	%
Selling, general and administrative			1,796		15.8	%		2,010		12.8	%		214		11.9	%
Depreciation and amortization			510		4.5	%		719		4.6	%		209		41.0	%

			9,634		84.9	%		13,177		83.8	%		3,543		36.8	%

	Income from operations	$	1,716		15.1	%	$	2,547		16.2	%	$	831		48.4	%

Net Revenue. Net revenues increased $4.4 million to $15.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2005. This increase includes the following: $2.3 million of additional revenues from existing customers and $2.1 million of additional revenues generated by new CSP customers added since 2005. The increase in revenues for 2006 is primarily related to the additional transaction revenues recognized in the current period. Transaction revenues recognized for the three months ended March 31, 2006 represented 87% of net revenues compared to 76% for the same period in 2005. This increase accounts for $5.0 million in revenues for the current period, offset by some decreases in subscription revenues. For the three months ended March 31, 2006, LNP and VoIP transactions added $4.2 million to our revenues, as compared to $0.4 for the three months ended March 31, 2005. These additional revenues were offset by decreases in revenues from wireline customers.

Expense

Cost of Services. Cost of services increased $2.5 million to $8.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2005, due to growth in third-party costs required to support higher transaction volumes submitted to us by our customers and due to increases in telecommunication costs. In particular, third-party costs increased $2.3 million to manage exception handling. Approximately $0.6 million of the increase in third-party costs was due to services provided from a related party. Also, additional telecommunication expense in our data facilities contributed approximately $0.2 million to the increase in cost of services. Cost of

services as a percentage of revenues increased to 55.7% for the three months ended March 31, 2006, as compared to 55.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2005.

Research and Development. Research and development expense increased $0.6 million to $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2005, due to the further development of the ActivationNow^® platform to enhance our service offerings, particularly regarding VoIP services and increases in automation that have continued to allow us to gain operational efficiencies. Research and development expense as a percentage of revenues increased to 10.7% for the three months ended March 31, 2006, as compared to 9.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2005.

Selling, General and Administrative. Selling, general and administrative expense increased $0.2 million to $2.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2005, due to increases in personnel and related costs totaling $0.2 million and rent expense totaling $0.06 million. These costs were attributable to increases in the sales and marketing staff and an addition in office space. Selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of revenues decreased to 12.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2006, as compared to 15.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2005.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense increased $0.2 million to $0.7 million due to fixed asset additions for the three months ended March 31, 2006.

Income Tax. Our effective tax rate was 41.6% and 0% during the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The increase in the effective rate is primarily due to the reversal of our deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which occurred during the fourth quarter of 2005. In addition, we review the expected annual effective income tax rates and make changes on a quarterly basis as necessary based on certain factors such as changes in forecasted annual operating income, changes to the actual and forecasted permanent book to tax differences, or changes from the impact of a tax law change. During the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, we recognized approximately $0.0 and $1.1 million in related tax expense, respectively.

Year ended December 31, 2005, compared to the Year ended December 31, 2004

The following table presents an overview of our results of operations for 2004 and 2005.


		2004						2005					2005 vs 2004

					% of					% of
		$			Revenue			$		Revenue			$ Change		% Change

		(in thousands)
Net Revenue		$	27,191			100.0	%	$	54,218		100.0	%	$	27,027		99.4	%

Cost of services ($2,610 and $8,089 were purchased from a related party in 2004 and 2005, respectively)*			17,688			65.1	%		30,205		55.7	%		12,517		70.8	%
Research and development			3,324			12.2	%		5,689		10.5	%		2,365		71.2	%
Selling, general and administrative			4,340			16.0	%		7,544		13.9	%		3,204		73.8	%
Depreciation and amortization			2,127			7.8	%		2,305		4.3	%		178		8.4	%

			27,479			101.1	%		45,743		84.4	%		18,264		66.5	%

	(Loss) Income from operations	$	(288	)		(1.1	)%	$	8,475		15.6	%	$	8,763		NM	**


	*	Cost of services excludes depreciation and amortization which is shown separately.


**	Not Meaningful.


	*Revenue*

Net Revenue. Net revenues increased $27.0 million for 2005, compared to 2004. This increase was made up of the following: $24.0 million of additional revenues from our existing customer base and $3.0 million of additional revenues generated by new CSP customers. The increase in revenues for 2005 was primarily related to the additional transaction revenues recognized in the period. Transaction revenues recognized for the year represented 83% of net revenues, compared to 63% for the same period in 2004. In 2005, we expanded our transaction types to include LNP and VoIP transactions; the increases in these areas have added $5.6 million and $2.9 million in revenues, respectively. We also began processing additional wireless transactions; these transactions accounted for $20.4 million in additional revenues for 2005.


	*Expense*

Cost of Services. Cost of service increased $12.5 million to $30.2 million for 2005, as compared to 2004, due to growth in third-party costs required to support higher transaction volumes submitted to us by our customers and due to increases in personnel and related costs. In particular, third-party costs increased $9.6 million to manage exception handling. Approximately $5.9 million of the increase in third-party costs was due to services provided from a related party. Also, additional personnel and employee related expense in our managed data facility, service implementation and customer deployment areas contributed $1.0 million to the increase in cost of services as well. Cost of services as a percentage of revenues decreased to 55.7% for 2005, as compared to 65.1% for 2004. This decrease in cost of services as a percentage of revenues is attributable to operating efficiencies, which has allowed us to increase the number of transactions we processed without proportional increases in personnel costs.

Research and Development. Research and development expense increased $2.4 million to $5.7 million for 2005, as compared to 2004, due to the further development of the ActivationNow^® platform to enhance our service offerings and increases in automation that have allowed us to gain operational efficiencies. Research and development expense as a percentage of revenues decreased to 10.5% for 2005, as compared to 12.2% for 2004.

Selling, General and Administrative. Selling, general and administrative expense increased $3.2 million to $7.5 million for 2005, as compared to 2004, due to increases in personnel and related costs totaling $1.9 million. These costs were attributable to increases in the sales and marketing staff and increases in incentive compensation. Selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of revenues decreased to 13.9% for 2005, as compared to 16% for 2004.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense increased $0.2 million to $2.3 million due to fixed asset additions in 2005.

Income Tax. In years prior to 2005, we recorded a full valuation allowance for temporary differences, as we believed it was more likely than not that our deferred tax assets would not be realized. During 2005, we generated substantial taxable income and expect to continue to generate taxable income for the foreseeable future. As such, we determined that it was more likely than not that we would realize our future tax benefits and reduced the valuation allowance to zero during the fourth quarter of 2005. The effect of this reduction was an increase in net income of $4.6 million. This income tax benefit was offset by our income tax provision of $0.8 million. We did not need to provide for income taxes in 2004.

Year ended December 31, 2004, compared to the Year ended December 31, 2003

The following table presents an overview of our results of operations for 2003 and 2004.


	2003						2004						2004 vs 2003

				% of						% of
	$			Revenue			$			Revenue			$ Change			% Change

	(in thousands)
Net Revenue	$	16,550			100.0	%	$	27,191			100.0	%	$	10,641			64.3	%

Cost of services ($9 and $2,610 were purchased from a related party in 2003 and 2004, respectively)*		7,655			46.3	%		17,688			65.1	%		10,033			131.1	%
Research and development		3,160			19.1	%		3,324			12.2	%		164			5.2	%
Selling, general and administrative		4,053			24.5	%		4,340			16.0	%		287			7.1	%
Depreciation and amortization		2,919			17.6	%		2,127			7.8	%		(792	)		(27.1	)%

		17,787			107.5	%		27,479			101.1	%		9,692			54.5	%

Loss from operations	$	(1,237	)		(7.5	)%	$	(288	)		(1.1	)%	$	949			NM	**


*	Cost of services excludes depreciation and amortization which is shown separately.


**	Not Meaningful.


	*Revenue*

Net Revenue. Net revenues increased $10.6 million to $27.2 million for 2004, as compared to 2003, due to the continued expansion of our service offerings through our ActivationNow^® platform, additional customers and the increase in the transactions processed. Transaction revenues recognized in 2004 represented 63% of net revenues compared to 47% in 2003. This increase was due to the addition of our exception handling centers which began in late 2003. The addition of these centers further enhanced our transactional service offerings, particularly in the wireless market. Further addition of local number portability transactions and the addition of a CSP provider in 2004 also contributed to the increase in transactional revenues in 2004. Our customers continued to add feature functionality, increase their competitive churn, further develop new technologies and consolidate; all of which contributed to the increases in revenues for 2004, as compared to 2003.


	*Expense*

Cost of Services. Cost of service increased $10.0 million to $17.7 million for 2004, as compared to 2003, due to growth in third-party costs related to the exception handling processing required to support higher transaction volumes received from our customers. Costs associated with exception handling performed by third parties increased $7.3 million due to increased transactions volumes. Approximately $2.6 million of the increase in third-party costs was due to services provided from a related party. Personnel and employee related expense in our managed data facility, service implementation and customer deployment areas increased $2.0 million. Cost of services as a percentage of revenues increased to 65.1% for 2004, as compared to 46.3% for 2003. This increase in cost of services as a percentage of revenues was attributable to the addition of several CSPs and the addition of new transactions processed through our gateway and exception handling centers, particularly in the LNP and wireless markets.

Research and Development. Research and development expense increased $0.2 million to $3.3 million for 2004, as compared to 2003, due to the further development of the ActivationNow^®

platform to develop and enhance our service offerings. Research and development expense as a percentage of revenues decreased to 12.2% for 2004, as compared to 19.1% for 2003.

Selling, General and Administrative. Selling, general and administrative expense increased $0.3 million to $4.3 million for 2004, as compared to 2003, due to the addition of a Redmond, Washington office and a New Jersey office (both leased facilities) totaling $0.2 million. Selling, general and administrative expense as percentage of revenues decreased to 16.0% for 2004, as compared to 24.5% for 2003.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $0.8 million to $2.1 million for 2004, as compared to 2003, due to a large portion of assets becoming fully depreciated throughout 2004. It is our policy to depreciate all software and hardware over a three year period. Depreciation and amortization expense as a percentage of revenues decreased to 7.8% of revenues for 2004, as compared to 17.6% for 2003.

Unaudited Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our statements of operations data for the thirteen quarters ended March 31, 2006, and also expresses the data as a percentage of our net revenues represented by each item. We believe this information has been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and believe that all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, have been included in the amounts stated below and present fairly the results of such periods when read in conjunction with the audited financial statement and notes thereto.

Selected Quarterly Data

(in thousands)


		2003												2004										2005								2006

		31-Mar			30-Jun			30-Sep			31-Dec			31-Mar			30-Jun			30-Sep		31-Dec		31-Mar		30-Jun		30-Sep		31-Dec		31-Mar

Net Revenues		$	3,007		$	3,623		$	4,102		$	5,818		$	5,819		$	6,265		$	6,381	$	8,726	$	11,350	$	13,776	$	14,115	$	14,977	$	15,724
Costs and expenses:
Cost of services*			1,098			1,288			1,946			3,323			3,768			4,313			4,141		5,466		6,281		7,947		7,976		8,001		8,763
Research and development			668			818			881			793			877			847			779		821		1,047		1,358		1,614		1,670		1,685
Selling, general and administrative			979			1,121			915			1,038			982			866			922		1,570		1,796		1,879		1,716		2,153		2,010
Depreciation and amortization			700			745			806			668			584			542			488		513		510		526		624		645		719
Total costs and expenses			3,445			3,972			4,548			5,822			6,211			6,568			6,330		8,370		9,634		11,710		11,930		12,469		13,177
	(Loss) Income from operations	$	(438	)	$	(349	)	$	(446	)	$	(4	)	$	(392	)	$	(303	)	$	51	$	356	$	1,716	$	2,066	$	2,185	$	2,508	$	2,547


		2003												2004												2005												2006

		31-Mar			30-Jun			30-Sep			31-Dec			31-Mar			30-Jun			30-Sep			31-Dec			31-Mar			30-Jun			30-Sep			31-Dec			31-Mar

Net Revenues			100	%		100	%		100	%		100	%		100	%		100	%		100	%		100	%		100	%		100	%		100	%		100	%		100	%
Costs and expenses:
Cost of services*			36.5	%		35.6	%		47.4	%		57.1	%		64.8	%		68.8	%		64.9	%		62.6	%		55.3	%		57.7	%		56.5	%		53.4	%		55.7	%
Research and development			22.2	%		22.6	%		21.5	%		13.6	%		15.1	%		13.5	%		12.2	%		9.4	%		9.2	%		9.9	%		11.4	%		11.2	%		10.7	%
Selling, general and administrative			32.6	%		30.9	%		22.3	%		17.8	%		16.9	%		13.8	%		14.4	%		18.0	%		15.8	%		13.6	%		12.2	%		14.4	%		12.8	%
Depreciation and amortization			23.3	%		20.6	%		19.6	%		11.5	%		10.0	%		8.7	%		7.6	%		5.9	%		4.5	%		3.8	%		4.4	%		4.3	%		4.5	%
Total costs and expenses			114.6	%		109.6	%		110.9	%		100.1	%		106.8	%		104.8	%		99.2	%		95.9	%		84.9	%		85.0	%		84.5	%		83.3	%		83.8	%
	(Loss) Income from operations		(14.6	)%		(9.6	)%		(10.9	)%		(0.1	)%		(6.7	)%		(4.8	)%		0.8	%		4.1	%		15.1	%		15.0	%		15.5	%		16.7	%		16.2	%


*	Exclusive of depreciation and amortization.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal source of liquidity has been through our Series A convertible preferred stock financing, which closed in 2001, and financing for certain equipment purchases. Total net proceeds

from the Series A financing were approximately $34 million. There have been no subsequent rounds of equity financing.

On October 6, 2004, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with a bank which expires on December 1, 2007. The Agreement includes a Revolving Promissory Note for up to $2.0 million and an Equipment Term Note for up to $3.0 million. This replaced a previous loan which was fully paid in 2004. Availability under the Agreement for the Revolving Promissory Note is based on defined percentages of eligible accounts receivable. Borrowings on the revolving credit agreement bear interest at the prime rate plus 1.25% (6.5% and 8.5% at December 31, 2004 and 2005 and 9% at March 31, 2006) payable monthly. Interest only on the unpaid principal amount is due and payable monthly in arrears, commencing January 1, 2005 and continuing on the first day of each calendar month thereafter until maturity, at which point all unpaid principal and interest related to the revolving advances will be payable in full. There were no draws against the Revolving Promissory Note as of December 31, 2004 or 2005 and for the three months ended March 31, 2006. As of December 31, 2004, 2005 and March 31, 2006, we had outstanding borrowings of $2.0 million, $1.3 million and $1.2 million respectively, against the Equipment Term Note to fund purchases of eligible equipment. Borrowings on the equipment line bear interest at the prime rate plus 1.75% (7% and 9% at December 31, 2004 and 2005 and 9.5% at March 31, 2006) and principal and interest is payable monthly. The Loan and Security Agreement requires us to meet one liquidity financial covenant that must be maintained as of the last day of each month. The covenant requires us to maintain a ratio of current assets to current liabilities of 2:1. This calculation and a certification of compliance, along with our monthly financial statements are reported to the bank on a monthly basis. We were in compliance with the covenant at December 31, 2004, 2005 and at March 31, 2006 and borrowings under the Loan and Security Agreement are collateralized by all of our assets.

We anticipate that our principal uses of cash in the future will be facility expansion, capital expenditures and working capital.

Total cash and cash equivalents and investments in marketable securities were $14.4 million at March 31, 2006, as compared to $10.0 million at March 31, 2005. As of March 31, 2006, we had $2.0 million available under the revolving promissory note of our bank, subject to the terms and conditions of that facility.

Discussion of Cash Flows

Cash flows from operations. Net cash used in operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2006, was $1.0 million, compared to net cash used of $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005. The increase of $0.7 million is primarily due to a timing difference between cash payments to be made to our vendors and cash collected from customers. Our days sales outstanding as of March 31, 2006 was 87 days compared to 82 days for the three month period ended March 31, 2005. Some delays in payments received from our customers had a negative impact on our cash flow during the first quarter of 2006.

Net cash provided by operating activities for 2005 was $8.0 million, compared to net cash used of $1.6 million for 2004. The increase of $9.6 million is the result of increased profits generated from increased business volume across all of our service offerings. In addition, our increases in receivables were partially offset by increases in our accruals for incentive compensation and commissions of approximately $2.5 million. Payments for these accrued expenses are expected to occur in 2006. In addition, our days sales outstanding for 2005 was 87 days compared to 97 days outstanding for 2004. This improvement had a positive impact on our cash flow.

Net cash used in operating activities for 2004 and 2003 was $1.6 million and $0.06 million, respectively. This increase of $1.6 million is primarily due to a timing difference between cash payments to our vendors and cash collected from customers. In many cases, we have different payment terms with our vendors than we have with our customers.

Cash flows from investing. Net cash used in investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2006, was $1.3 million, compared to net cash used of $0.06 million for the three months March 31, 2005. The increase of $1.2 million was due to the increased purchase of fixed assets of $1.4 million offset by net sales of marketable securities.

Net cash used in investing activities for 2005 was $2.0 million, compared to net cash used of $1.8 million for 2004. Our decreased spending of fixed assets in 2005 was offset by a comparable decrease in net cash provided from sales of marketable securities.

Net cash used in investing activities for 2004 was $1.8 million, compared to $0.2 million for 2003. The increase of $1.6 million was due to the increased purchase of fixed assets of $0.9 million offset by less sales of marketable securities.

Cash flows from financing. Net cash provided by financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2006 was $0.9 million, compared to net cash used of $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005. The increase of $1.0 million in net cash provided by financing activities was principally due to proceeds received from the issuance of common stock.

Net cash used in financing activities for 2005 was $0.6 million, compared to $2.0 million for 2004. This $2.6 million decrease in net cash used in financing activities was principally due to $2.0 million of equipment loan proceeds in 2004 and none in 2005.

Net cash provided in financing activities for 2004 was $2.0 million, compared to $0.6 million net cash used for 2003. This $2.6 million increase in net cash provided in financing activities was principally due to proceeds from an equipment loan.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and cash from operations will be sufficient to fund our operations for the next twelve months.

Contractual Obligations

Our commitments consist of obligations under leases for office space, computer equipment and furniture and fixtures. The following table summarizes our long-term contractual obligations as of March 31, 2006 (in thousands).


	Payments Due by Period
			Less than						More than
	Total		1 year		1-3 years		4-5 years		5 Years

Operating lease obligations	$	5,588	$	1,363	$	3,167	$	529	$	529
Equipment loan		1,242		727		515		—		—
Purchase obligation*		175		175		—		—		—

Total	$	7,005	$	2,265	$	3,682	$	529	$	529

*As of March 31, 2006, we had an agreement with Omniglobe International, L.L.C. (for more details regarding Omniglobe see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”). One of these agreements provides for minimum levels of staffing at a specific price level resulting in an overall minimum commitment of $0.3 million over the next three months. Fees paid for services rendered related to these agreements were $2.1 million, $8.0 million and $2.2 million for three months ended March 31, 2006 and for 2005 and 2004, respectively. Services provided by Omniglobe include data entry and related services, as well as development and testing services. The current agreements may be terminated by either party without cause with 30 or 60 days written notice prior to the end of the term. Unless terminated, the agreements will automatically renew in six month increments. As of March 31, 2006, we do not intend to terminate our arrangements with Omniglobe.

Effect of Inflation

Inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost of labor and equipment. We do not believe that inflation has had any material effect on our results of operations during 2003, 2004 and 2005 or for the three months ended March 31, 2006.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve our capital for the purpose of funding operations, while at the same time maximizing the income we receive from our investments without significantly increasing risk. To achieve these objectives, our investment policy allows us to maintain a portfolio of cash equivalents and short-term investments in a variety of securities, including commercial paper, money market funds and corporate debt securities. Our cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2004 and 2005, and March 31, 2006 included liquid money market accounts.

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued SFAS No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybird Financial Instruments (SFAS No. 155). SFAS No. 155 allows financial instruments that have embedded derivatives to be accounted for as a whole (eliminating the need to bifurcate the derivative from its host) if the holder elects to account for the whole instrument on a fair value basis. This statement is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 155 will impact our financial statements.

In May 2003, FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity (SFAS No. 150). SFAS No. 150 requires that an issuer classify certain financial instruments as a liability because they embody an obligation of the issuer. The remaining provisions of SFAS No. 150 revise the definition of a liability to encompass certain obligations that a reporting entity can or must settle by issuing its own equity shares, depending on the nature of the relationship established between the holder and the issuer. The provisions of SFAS No. 150 require that any financial instruments that are mandatorily redeemable on a fixed or determinable date or upon an event certain to occur be classified as liabilities. Our convertible preferred stock may be converted into common stock at the option of the stockholder, and therefore, it is not classified as a liability under the provisions of SFAS No. 150.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We had no off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 and March 31, 2006.

BUSINESS

Overview

The majority of our revenues is generated from fees earned on each transaction processed utilizing our platform. We have increased our revenues rapidly, growing at a compound annual growth rate of 76% from 2001 to 2005. For 2005, we generated revenues of $54.2 million, a 99.4% increase over 2004. Our net income for that period was $12.4 million, versus a loss of approximately $0.01 million for the prior year.

Industry Background

Communications Market

The communications industry has undergone substantial regulatory, technological and competitive changes in recent years. Beginning with the court-ordered divestiture of the Bell Operating System in the 1980s and increasing with the implementation of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, government regulation has encouraged the proliferation of service providers and service delivery models. The opportunity created by opening the communications services market has encouraged new participants to enter and incumbent service providers to expand into new geographies and segments, thereby increasing overall competitive intensity. As a result, CSPs are facing significant operational and business opportunities and challenges as they are increasingly required to interoperate and share network resources. In addition, technological developments have increased the range of communications standards and protocols. These changes are causing CSPs to integrate multiple and often incompatible and complex processes and systems that make it difficult to provide a seamless end-user experience. Transactions, such as provisioning new services and porting customers between CSPs, present significant technological and operational challenges. Many CSPs have responded by developing their own in-house processes and systems which are frequently manual, time-consuming, costly and inflexible.

These changes in the communications industry present particularly acute challenges and complexities in high-growth market segments such as wireless and VoIP.


	*Wireless* — The wireless communications industry has grown rapidly over the past decade due to the increasing demand from businesses and consumers for mobile and high-speed or “broadband” wireless voice and data systems. The expanding subscriber base and the corresponding growth in industry revenues have been driven by improved service quality, greater national and international roaming coverage, lower prices and the introduction of new messaging, data and content services. Wireless carriers face increasing competition and costs to acquire and retain subscribers. For CSPs to remain competitive and minimize customer churn, transactions such as activations, number porting, technology migrations, service plan changes, new feature requests and many others must be made available seamlessly, conveniently and cost-effectively.


	*Voice over Internet Protocol* — VoIP is realizing dramatic growth as a leading alternative to traditional voice services. VoIP enables voice information to be sent in digital form in discrete packets rather than in the traditional circuit-committed protocols of the public switched telephone network, or PSTN. VoIP offers numerous benefits to both enterprises and consumers, including lower cost than traditional voice services, a common transmission medium for voice and data (e.g. via broadband subscription to the home) and integrated applications such as unified messaging. The rapid growth in VoIP has attracted numerous CSP participants, including both next-generation service providers with packet-based networks and existing telecom service providers with circuit-switched networks. This combination of traditional switched and packet-based network technologies is driving the development of hybrid and converged networks that create new operational challenges. VoIP service providers are faced with a highly competitive environment for customer acquisition and challenges associated with provisioning new services efficiently and cost-effectively.

E-commerce

The growth of the Internet is changing the way businesses and individuals use the telecommunications network. For example, Internet-based “e-commerce” has expanded the role of the telecommunications network from a transportation system for communications traffic to a medium for conducting business transactions. The broader role for the network creates new opportunities for both established and new CSPs. In addition, e-commerce is becoming an important tool for CSP customer acquisition and ongoing service delivery, such as ongoing additions and changes to services, allowing CSPs to connect with end-users over the course of the customer lifecycle.

On-demand software delivery

CSPs have historically used significant amounts of costly IT infrastructure and software to manage complex transactions and streamline workflows. Although many businesses have invested heavily in a wide range of enterprise software applications, the challenges associated with implementing and maintaining these applications have delayed or reduced the benefits of ownership. Challenges such as the difficulty of deploying complex applications across a distributed, heterogeneous IT infrastructure and the high cost of ownership of software licenses and support have motivated enterprises to seek out alternative application usage models. On-demand software is delivery of software as a service over the Internet or a private network, enabling a vendor to host and provide the application to multiple customers. CSPs are increasingly leveraging on-demand software to simplify their IT infrastructure and streamline complex workflows in a cost-effective manner. On-demand software typically eliminates large upfront license costs and requires little or no hardware or IT personnel to install, configure or maintain at the customer site and is growing in popularity among large corporations and small businesses alike.

* * *

The substantial regulatory, technological and competitive changes in the communications industry, combined with the growth of e-commerce and the emergence of on-demand software delivery as a valuable application usage model have created a significant market opportunity for third-party solutions vendors. CSPs can reduce costs and increase customer satisfaction with cost-effective, automated and scalable third-party customer transaction management solutions that have guaranteed levels of service delivery.

The Synchronoss Solution

Our ActivationNow^® software platform provides comprehensive e-commerce order processing, transaction management and service provisioning. We have designed ActivationNow^® to be a flexible, open and on-demand platform, offering a unique solution for managing transactions relating to a wide range of existing communications services as well as the rapid deployment of new services. In addition to handling large volumes of customer transactions quickly and efficiently, our solution is designed to recognize, isolate and address transactions when there is insufficient information or other erroneous process elements. Our solution also offers a centralized reporting platform that provides intelligent, real-time analytics around the entire workflow related to an e-commerce transaction. Our platform’s automation and ease of integration allows CSPs to lower the cost of new customer acquisition, enhance the accuracy and reliability of customer transactions and respond rapidly to competitive market conditions.

Examples of customer-oriented transactions we automate and manage include:


	•	New account setup and activations — including credit checks, address validation and equipment availability;

	•	Feature requests — adding new functionality to existing services;

	•	Contract renewals — for consumers and enterprises;

	•	Number port requests — local number portability;

	•	Customer migration — between technologies and networks; and

	•	Equipment orders — wireless handsets, accessories, etc.

Our solution is also designed to recognize, isolate and address transactions when there is insufficient information or other erroneous process elements, through a suite of capabilities we refer to as “exception handling.” Our exception handling service is designed to consistently meet service level agreements, or SLAs, for transactions that are not fully automated or have erroneous process elements. Our exception handling service utilizes two tiers of our platform, the Workflow Manager and the Real-Time Visibility Manager, to identify, correct and process non-automated transactions and exceptions in real-time. Critical functions provided by our exception handling service center include streamlining operations by reducing the number of transactions processed with human intervention.

Our flexible solution can manage transactions relating to a wide range of existing communications services across the many segments of CSPs. For example, we enable wireless providers to conduct business-to-consumer, or B2C, and business-to-business, or B2B, e-commerce transactions. We also furnish VoIP providers with customer-branded portals, as well as the gateway to service their retail customers and subscribers. The capabilities of our ActivationNow^® platform allow CSPs to improve operational performance and efficiencies and rapidly deploy new services.

Our solution is designed to be:


	*Automated:* We designed our ActivationNow^® platform to eliminate manual processes and to automate otherwise labor-intensive tasks, thus improving operating efficiencies and


	reducing costs. By tracking every order and identifying those that are not provisioned properly, we substantially reduce the need for manual intervention. Our technology automatically guides a customer’s request for service through the entire series of required steps.

	*Reliable:* We are committed to providing high-quality, dependable services to our customers. To ensure reliability, system uptime and other service offerings are guaranteed through our commitment to service level agreements, or SLAs. Our product is a complete customer management solution, including exception handling, which we believe is one of the main factors that differentiates us from our competitors. In performing exception handling, our software platform recognizes and isolates transaction orders that are not configured to specifications, processes them in a timely manner and communicates these orders back to our customers, thereby improving efficiency and reducing backlog. If manual intervention is required, our exception handling is outsourced to centers located in India, Canada and the United States. In addition, our database design preserves data integrity while ensuring fast, efficient, transaction-oriented data retrieval methods. As a demonstration of resilience, the database design has remained constant during the life and evolution of other components of the software platform. This stability provides reusability of the business functionality as new, updated graphical user interfaces are developed.

	*Seamless:* Our ActivationNow^® platform integrates information across the service provider’s entire operation, including customer information, order information, product and service information, network inventory and workflow information. We have built our ActivationNow^® platform using an open design with fully-documented software interfaces, commonly referred to as application programming interfaces, or APIs. Our APIs make it easier for our customers, partners and other third parties to integrate the ActivationNow^® platform with other software applications and to build Web-based applications incorporating third-party or CSP designed capabilities. Through our open design and alliance program, we provide our customers with superior solutions that combine best-of-breed applications with the efficiency and cost-effectiveness of commercial, packaged interfaces.

	*Scalable:* Our ActivationNow^® platform is designed to process expanding transaction volumes reliably and cost-effectively. Transaction volume has increased rapidly since our inception. For 2005, we managed 5.3 million transactions, compared to 1.6 million for the same period in 2004. We anticipate substantial future growth in transaction volumes and believe our platform is capable of scaling its output commensurately, requiring principally routine computer hardware and software updates. In addition, our platform enables service providers to offer a variety of services more quickly and to package and price their services cost-effectively by integrating them with available network capacity and resources.

	*Value-added:* Our ActivationNow^® platform attributes are tightly integrated into the critical workflows of our customers. The ActivationNow^® platform has analytical reporting capabilities that provide real-time information for every step of the relevant transaction processes. In addition to improving end-user customer satisfaction, these capabilities provide our customers with value-added insights into historical and current transaction trends. We also offer mobile reporting capabilities for key users to receive critical data about their e-commerce transactions on their mobile devices.

Our platform’s capabilities combine to provide what we believe to be a more cost-effective, efficient and productive approach to e-commerce. Our solutions allow our customers to reduce overhead costs associated with building and operating their own e-commerce and customer transaction management infrastructure. We also provide our customers with the information and tools to more efficiently manage marketing and operational aspects of their business. In addition, the automation and ease of integration of our on-demand software allows CSPs to accelerate the deployment of their services and new service offerings by shortening the time between a customer’s order and the provisioning of service.

Demand Drivers for Our E-Commerce Transaction Management Solutions

Our services are capable of managing a wide variety of transactions across multiple CSP delivery models, allowing us to benefit from increased growth, complexity and technological change in the communications industry. As communications technology has evolved, new access networks, end-devices and applications with multiple features have emerged. This proliferation of services and advancement of technologies are accelerating subscriber growth and increasing the number of transactions between CSPs and their customers. Currently, growth in wireless services, the adoption of VoIP and the increasing importance of e-commerce are strongly driving demand for our transaction management solutions. In addition, we see an opportunity to provide our services to the high-growth market of bundled services (including voice, video, data and wireless) resulting from converging technology markets. We support and target transactions ranging from initial service activations to ongoing customer lifecycle transactions, such as additions, subtractions and changes to services. The need for CSPs to deliver these transactions efficiently increases demand for our on-demand software delivery model. The rapid emergence of all-digital, IP-based networks is causing the creation of telecommunications services to be less dependent on particular elements of network infrastructure. In this environment, CSPs are increasingly relying on intelligent software platform solutions such as our own in order to quickly develop new packages of service offerings. The critical driver of adoption of our services is shifting from cost reduction at CSPs to generating new revenues via on-demand service creation. In this environment, we believe that our on-demand capabilities will be a major value-added difference to our CSPs and their largest customers.



	*Growth in wireless services.* Wireless subscribers and services have grown rapidly in recent years. As an indicator of the overall health of the wireless services market, In-Stat/MDR reports that the global wireless market is expected to add an average of 186 million new subscribers each year, resulting in a total wireless population of more than 2 billion by 2007. Not only are more people using wireless phones, but there are entirely new kinds of wireless service providers entering the market, such as mobile virtual network operators (MVNO). An MVNO is a mobile operator that does not own its own spectrum and usually does not have its own network infrastructure, instead relying on business arrangements with traditional mobile operators. Demand for advanced services in the United States, such as next generation wireless technology for multi-media voice and content delivery, grew at a compound annual rate of 36% from 56.7 million users in 2004 to 77.2 million users in 2005, according to Yankee Group. We believe that the next-generation of wireless services and fast-growing MVNO marketplace present us with excellent growth opportunities in the United States and new geographic markets into which we may expand. According to the Yankee Group, by 2010 the MVNO market will comprise more than 10 million subscribers with $10.7 billion in service provider revenues.



	*Adoption of VoIP.* Internet Protocol-based network technologies are transforming the communications marketplace and VoIP applications are just starting to be deployed. The total number of residential US VoIP customers is expected to grow from 3 million in 2005 to 27 million in 2009, representing a compound annual growth rate of 173% according to IDC. This forecast is further supported by Gartner, who predicts that consumer VoIP services spending in the United States will jump from $1.9 billion in 2005 to $9.5 billion in 2008. Our strong 2005 market capture across new entrants, cable companies and traditional communications providers positions us well to leverage our existing base and maximize capture of new transaction types.


	*Continued growth of e-commerce.* Internet-based commerce provides CSPs with the opportunity to cost-effectively gain new customers, provide service and interact more effectively. Forrester Research projects e-commerce sales in the United States to grow from $172 billion in 2005 to $329 billion in 2010. With the dramatic increase in Internet usage and desire to directly connect with end-users over the course of the customer lifecycle, CSPs are increasingly


	focusing on e-commerce as a channel for customer acquisition and delivery of ongoing services.

	*Growth in on-demand software delivery model.* Our on-demand business model enables delivery of proprietary software solutions over the Internet as a service. Customers do not have to make large and risky upfront investments in software, additional hardware, extensive implementation services and additional IT staff. Because we implement all upgrades to software on our servers, they automatically become part of our service and available to benefit all customers immediately. According to International Data Corporation, or IDC, the on-demand software market in the United States is expected to grow from $3 billion in 2003 to $9 billion by 2008, a compound annual rate of 25%.

	*Pressure on CSPs to improve efficiency.* Increased competition and excess network capacity have placed significant pressure on CSPs to reduce costs and increase revenues. At the same time, due to deregulation, the emergence of new network technologies and the proliferation of services, the complexity of back-office operations has increased significantly. As a result, CSPs are looking for ways to offer new communications services more rapidly and efficiently to existing and new customers. CSPs are increasingly turning to transaction-based, cost-effective, scalable and automated third-party solutions that can offer guaranteed levels of service delivery.

Our Strengths

We believe the following key strengths differentiate us:


	*Leading Provider of Transaction Management Solutions to the Communications Services Market.* We offer what we believe to be the most advanced e-commerce customer transaction management solution to the communications markets. Our industry leading position is built upon the strength of our platform and our extensive experience and expertise in identifying and addressing the complex needs of leading CSPs. We believe our customer transaction management solution is uniquely effective in enabling service providers to offer B2C and B2B e-commerce provisioning solutions and rapidly deploy new services, which many of our competitors are unable to offer or offer as efficiently or cost-effectively. We also provide customers with real-time workflow information at every step of the transaction process, allowing visibility into the entire customer experience. Our established and collaborative relationships with respected and innovative service providers such as Cingular Wireless and Vonage Holdings are indicators of, and contributors to, our industry-leading position.

	*Well Positioned to Benefit from High Industry Growth Areas and E-Commerce.* We believe we are positioned to capitalize on the development, proliferation and convergence of communications services, including wireless and VoIP and the adoption of e-commerce as a critical customer channel. Our ActivationNow^® platform is designed to be flexible and scalable to meet the demanding requirements of the evolving communications services industry, allowing us to participate in the highest growth and most attractive industry segments. We intend to leverage the flexibility and scalability of the platform and our track record of serving existing customers to extend our services in pursuit of opportunities arising from additional technologies and business models, including cable operators (MSOs), WiMAX operators, MVNOs and online content providers.

	*Differentiated Approach to Non-Automated Processes.* Due to a variety of factors, CSP systems frequently encounter customer transactions with insufficient information or other erroneous process elements. These so-called exceptions, which tend to be particularly common in the early phases of a service roll-out, require non-automated, often time consuming handling. We believe our ability to address what we refer to as “exception handling” is one of our key differentiators. Our solution identifies, corrects and processes non-automated transactions and exceptions in real-time. Our exception handling service is designed to consistently meet SLAs for transactions that are not fully automated. Critical functions provided by our exception


	handling service center include streamlining operations by reducing the number of transactions processed with human interaction. Importantly, as exception handling matures within a service, an increasing number of transactions can become automated, which can result in increased operating leverage for our business.


	*Transaction-Based Model with High Revenue Visibility.* We believe the characteristics of our business model enhance the predictability of our revenues. We are generally the exclusive provider of the services we offer to our customers and benefit from contracts of 12 to 48 months. All of our significant customers may terminate their contracts for convenience upon written notice and payment of contractual penalties. The majority of our revenues is transaction-based, allowing us to gauge future revenues against patterns of transaction volumes and growth. In addition, our customers provide us monthly rolling transaction forecasts and our contracts guarantee us the higher of (i) a percentage ranging from 75%-90% of these forecasts and (ii) certain specified monthly minimum revenue levels. We have also grown our revenues rapidly, at a 76% compound annual growth rate from 2001-2005. Our platform and systems are designed to accommodate further substantial increases in transaction volumes and transaction types. Our ability to leverage our technology to serve additional customers and develop new product offerings has enabled us to reduce costs and increase operating margins, a trend which we expect to continue.



	*Trusted Partner, Deeply Embedded with Major, Influential Customers.* We provide our services to market-leading wireline, wireless, cable, broadband and VoIP service providers including Cingular Wireless, Vonage Holdings, Cablevision Systems, Level 3 Communications, Verizon Business, Clearwire, 360networks, Time Warner Cable, Comcast and AT&T. The high value-added nature of our services and our proven performance track record make us an attractive, valuable and important partner for our customers. Our transaction management solution is tightly integrated into our customers’ critical infrastructure and embedded into their workflows, enabling us to develop deep and collaborative relationships with them. We believe this leads to higher reliability and more tailored product offerings with reduced development times and decreases the risk of our customers defecting to competing platforms. We work to deepen our customer relationships through ongoing consultation, including quarterly customer advisory councils or discussion groups. This helps us to deliver higher quality services to our existing customers and anticipate the evolving requirements of the industry as a whole.



	*On-Demand Offering that Enables Rapid, Cost-Effective Implementations.* We provide our e-commerce customer transaction management solutions through an on-demand business model, which enables us to deliver our proprietary technology over the Internet as a service. Our customers do not have to make large and risky upfront investments in software, additional hardware, extensive implementation services and additional IT staff at the their sites. This increases the attractiveness of our transaction management solution to CSPs. Our expertise in the CSP marketplace coupled with our open, scalable and secure multi-tenant application architecture enables rapid implementations and allows us to serve customers cost-effectively. In addition, because all upgrades to our software technology are implemented by us on our servers, they automatically become part of our service and therefore benefit all of our customers immediately. This typically results in a lower total cost of ownership and increased return on investment for our customers, as well as an infrastructure that can easily be manipulated to provide our customers a rapid time to market with new services by leveraging our interfaces to a plethora of operational support systems (OSS) and business support systems (BSS) of CSPs. An operational support system is a suite of programs that enables an enterprise to monitor, analyze and manage a network system. A business support system is a suite of programs that manages the customer experience, including product management and billing.


	*Experienced Senior Management Team.* Each member of our senior management team has over 12 years of relevant industry experience, including prior employment with

companies in the CSP, communications software, and communications infrastructure industries. This experience has enabled us to develop strong relationships with our customers. Our senior management team has been working together for the last three to seven years, with Messrs. Waldis, Berry and Garcia having worked together at Vertek Corporation prior to joining Synchronoss. The collective experience of the Synchronoss management team has also resulted in the receipt of various awards, the most recent of which include the New Jersey Technology Council 2005 Software/ Information Technology Company of the Year and the naming of Synchronoss as one of the 50 fastest growing companies in New Jersey for 2005 by NJBiz. In addition, Mr. Waldis was named as the Ernst &Young Entrepreneur of the Year in 2004 in Pennsylvania.

Our Growth Strategy


	*Expand Customer Base and Target New and Converged Industry Segments.* The ActivationNow^® platform is designed to address service providers and business models across the range of the communications services market, a capability we intend to exploit by targeting new industry segments such as cable operators (MSOs), wireless broadband/ WiMAX operators and online content providers. Due to our deep domain expertise and ability to integrate our services across a variety of CSP networks, we believe we are well positioned to provide services to converging technology markets, such as providers offering integrated packages of voice, video, data and/or wireless service.

	*Continue to Exploit VoIP Industry Opportunities.* Continued rapid VoIP industry growth will expand the market and demand for our services. Being the trusted partner to VoIP industry leaders, including Vonage Holdings, Time Warner Cable and Cablevision, positions us well to benefit from the evolving needs, requirements and opportunities of the VoIP industry. TeleGeography’s VoIP 2005 Second Quarter Market Update reported that the number of voice-over-broadband subscribers increased 40% in the second quarter of 2005, from 1.9 million to 2.7 million. Voice-over-Broadband, or VoB, is a relatively new service offering based on VoIP technology. According to the same source, VoB subscribers have grown 600% since the second quarter of 2004, when only 440,000 VoIP lines were in service. Quarterly voice-over-broadband revenues grew from $151 million in the first quarter of 2005 to $220 million in the second quarter of 2005 and revenues have grown 655% since the second quarter of 2004, when voice-over-broadband subscribers generated just $33 million. This information is consistent with the Infonetics Research projection of VoIP subscribers in the North American market growing to over 24 million subscribers in 2008.


	*Enhance Current Wireless Industry Leadership.* Spending in the global wireless industry has grown significantly in recent years. A Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) report states that spending in the US wireless market grew at a double-digit growth rate in 2004. By 2008, the sector is expected to have revenues of $212.5 billion, representing a 10 percent compound annual growth rate from 2005 to 2008. The up-tick in spending is happening because myriad advanced applications are being offered, including wireless Internet access, multimedia messaging, games and Wi-Fi. These applications translate into new transaction types that we can meld into our workflow management system.


	We currently process hundreds of thousands of wireless transactions every month, which are driven by increasing wireless subscribers and wireless subscriber churn resulting from local number portability, service provider competition and other factors. Beyond traditional wireless service providers, we believe the fast-growing mobile virtual network operator, or MVNO, marketplace presents us with attractive growth opportunities. We believe that our ability to


	enable rapid time-to-market through deep domain expertise sets us apart from our competition in attracting potential MVNO customers.


	*Further Penetrate our Existing Customer Base.* We derive significant growth from our existing customers as they continue to expand into new distribution channels, require new service offerings and increase transaction volumes. As CSPs expand consumer, business and indirect distribution, they require new transaction management solutions which drive increasing amounts of transactions over our platform. Many customers purchase multiple services from us, and we believe we are well-positioned to cross-sell additional services to customers who do not currently purchase our full services portfolio. In addition, the increasing importance and expansion of Internet-based e-commerce has led to increased focus by CSPs on their e-channel distribution, thus providing another opportunity for us to further penetrate existing customers.


	*Expand Into New Geographic Markets.* Our current customers operate primarily in North America. We believe there is an opportunity for us to obtain new customers outside of North America. We currently intend to take our business global by penetrating new geographic markets within the next two years, particularly Europe, Asia/ Pacific and Latin America, as these markets experience similar trends to those that have driven growth in North America.


	*Maintain Technology Leadership.* Our proprietary technology allows CSPs to bring together disparate systems and manage the ordering, activation and provisioning of communications services, allowing them to lower the cost of new customer acquisition and product lifecycle management. We intend to build upon our technology leadership by continuing to invest in research and development to increase the automation of processes and workflows, thus driving increased interest in our solutions by making it more economical for CSPs to use us as a third-party solutions provider. In addition, we believe our close relationships with our tier-one CSPs will continue to provide us with valuable insights into the challenges that are creating demand for next-generation solutions.

Products and Services

We are a leading provider of e-commerce transaction management solutions to the communications services marketplace based on our penetration with key CSPs. Our offerings are designed to allow our customers to respond to market demand quickly and efficiently, to optimize service offerings and to build stronger relationships with their customers. In addition, we offer process and workflow consulting services, development services and enterprise portal management services.

ActivationNow^® Software Platform

Our ActivationNow^® software platform addresses a service provider’s needs and requirements with a flexible design which can scale with their expanding business operations. The ActivationNow^® platform is engineered to meet volume, speed to market and service guarantees which are important differentiators of the Synchronoss transaction management solution. The ActivationNow^® platform is a fully hosted service delivered over the Internet or a dedicated communication channel. Each new customer addition comes with a fixed operation cost and with guaranteed service levels. In addition, ActivationNow^® provides complete work flow management, including exception handling. Our ActivationNow^® software platform:


	•	Provides what we believe to be one of the lowest cost per gross adds in the wireless e-commerce market;

	•	Handles extraordinary transaction volumes with our scalable platform;


	•	Delivers speed to market on new and existing offerings; and

	•	Guarantees performance backed by solid business metrics and SLAs.

The ActivationNow^® platform is designed to integrate with back-office systems, allowing work to flow electronically across the service provider’s organization while providing ready access to performance and resource usage information. Our integrated approach provides comprehensive support for current and emerging services, network technologies and evolving business processes.

The ActivationNow^® software platform is comprised of four distinct tiers, each providing solutions to the most common and critical needs of our customers.


	*PerformancePartner^®Portal*

Our PerformancePartner^® portal, the first tier of the ActivationNow^® platform, is a graphical user interface that allows entry of transaction data into the gateway. Through the PerformancePartner^® portal, the CSPs can set up accounts, renew contracts and update and submit new transactions for transaction management processing.


	*Gateway Manager*

Our gateways, the service provisioning subsystems and second tier of the ActivationNow^® platform, provide the capability to fulfill multiple transactions. These gateways are the engines that support our clients’ front-end portals, handling hundreds of thousands of transactions on a monthly

basis. Our gateways deliver flexible architecture, supporting seamless entry and rapid time to market for our CSP customers. In addition, these gateways contain business rules to interact with the CSPs’ back-office and third-party trading partners.


	*WorkFlow Manager*

Our WorkFlow Manager provides a seamless interaction with all third-party relationships, and enables CSPs to have a single transaction view, including all relevant data from third-party systems. The Workflow Manager is designed to ensure that each customer transaction is fulfilled accurately. The third tier of our ActivationNow^® platform, the WorkFlow Manager, offers:


	•	Flexible configuration to meet individual CSP requirements;

	•	Centralized queue management for maximum productivity;

	•	Real-time visibility for transaction revenues management;

	•	Exception handling management;

	•	Order view available during each stage of the transactional process; and

	•	Uniform look and integrated experience.

By streamlining all procurement processes from pre-order through service activation and billing, our WorkFlow Manager reduces many costs and time impediments that often delay the process of delivering products and services to end-users.


	*Real-Time Visibility Manager*

Our Real-Time Visibility Manager provides historical trending and mobile reporting to our CSP customers. The fourth tier of our ActivationNow^® platform supports best business practices and processes and allows CSPs to assess whether daily metrics are met or exceeded. The Real-Time Visibility Manager offers:



	•	A centralized reporting platform that provides intelligent analytics around the entire workflow;


	•	Transaction management information;

	•	Historical trending; and

	•	Mobile reporting for key users to receive critical e-commerce transaction data on mobile devices.

The Gateway Manager, WorkFlow Manager and Real-Time Visibility Manager tiers are typically deployed by all of our customers. The PerformancePartner^® portal is deployed only if our customer does not have a front-end portal to interact with end-user customers. All of our four tiers are designed to be open and flexible to enable rapid deployments. One critical function provided by our ActivationNow^® platform design is information management. By making information more accessible and useful, our ActivationNow^® platform enables a service provider to manage its business more efficiently, to provide more services with the highest possible quality and to deliver superior customer care.

Our ActivationNow^® platform is designed to recognize, isolate and address transactions when there is insufficient information or other erroneous process elements, through a suite of capabilities we refer to as “exception handling.” Our solution offers a centralized reporting platform that provides intelligent, real-time analytics around the entire workflow related to an e-commerce transaction. The two tiers of our platform, the Workflow Manager and the Real-Time Visibility Manager, identify, correct and process non-automated transactions and exceptions in real-time, which we believe are key differentiators for our solution.

Customers

Our typical customers are providers of communications services, from traditional local and long-distance services to Internet-based services. We serve wireless service providers, such as Cingular Wireless; providers of VoIP services, such as Vonage Holdings and Cablevision Systems; VoIP enablers, such as Level 3 Communications and long distance carriers, such as Verizon Business. We also serve emerging CSPs, such as Clearwire. We maintain strong and collaborative relationships with our customers, which we believe to be one of our core competencies and critical to our success. We are generally the only provider of the services we offer to our customers. Our contracts typically extend from 12 to 48 months in length and include minimum transaction or revenues commitments from our customers. All of our significant customers may terminate their contracts for convenience upon written notice and payment of contractual penalties. We have a long-standing relationship with Cingular Wireless dating back to January 25, 2001 when we began providing service to AT&T Wireless, which was subsequently acquired by Cingular Wireless. In addition to other ongoing arrangements with Cingular Wireless, we are the primary provider of e-commerce transaction management solutions for Cingular Wireless under an agreement which was renewed and is effective as of September 1, 2005 and runs through January of 2008. Under the terms of this agreement, Cingular Wireless may terminate its relationship with us for convenience, although we believe it would encounter substantial costs in replacing our transaction management solution.

For 2004, we received 82% of our revenues from AT&T Wireless. Following the merger of AT&T Wireless and Cingular Wireless on November 15, 2004, we received 80% of our revenues from Cingular Wireless in 2005. Our three largest customers, Cingular Wireless, Vonage and Cablevision, accounted for between approximately 94% and 98% of our revenues in each of the quarters of 2005.

Sales and Marketing

Sales

We market and sell our services primarily through a direct sales force. To date, we have concentrated our sales efforts on a range of CSPs that offer wireless, broadband, VoIP and wireline services.

Following each sale, we assign account managers to provide ongoing support and to identify additional sales opportunities. We generate leads from contacts made through trade shows, seminars, conferences, market research, our Web site, customers, partners and our ongoing public relations program.

Our sales effort has thus far been focused on North American customers. However, because of ongoing privatization and the increasing competition among CSPs in international markets, we intend to expand our sales and marketing efforts outside of North America, through a combination of direct sales in selected markets; continued partnerships; and the extension of our relationships with existing customers as they expand into international markets.

Marketing

We focus our marketing efforts on product initiatives, creating awareness of our services and generating new sales opportunities. We base our product management strategy on an analysis of market requirements, competitive offerings and projected cost savings. Our product managers are active in numerous technology and industry forums at which we demonstrate our e-commerce transaction management solutions.

In addition, through our product marketing and marketing communications functions, we manage and maintain our Web site, publish product-related communications and educational white papers and conduct seminars and user-group meetings. We also have an active public-relations program and maintain relationships with recognized industry analysts. We also actively sponsor

technology-related conferences and demonstrate our solution at trade shows targeted at providers of communications services.

Operations and Technology

We leverage a common, proprietary e-commerce information technology platform, to deliver carrier-grade services to our customers across communication market segments. Constructed using a combination of internally developed and licensed technologies, our e-commerce platform integrates our order management, gateway, workflow and reporting into a unified system. The platform is a secure foundation on which to build and offer additional services and maximize performance, scalability and reliability.

Exception Handling Services

We differentiate our services from both the internal and competitive offerings by handling exceptions through both our technology and human touch solutions, a substantial portion of which is provided by third-party vendors. Our business process engineers optimize each workflow; however, there are exceptions and we handle these to ensure the highest quality customer experience at the lowest cost. Our exception handling services handle the customer communication touchpoints including provisioning orders, inbound calls, automated IVR responses (e.g., order status, address changes), web forums, inbound and outbound email, proactive outbound calls (e.g., out of stock, backorders, exceptions) and self-correct order tools. These services are continuously reviewed for improved workflow and automation. The primary third-party vendors providing exception handling services are Omniglobe International, L.L.C. and HelpDesk Now, both of whom provide services under automatically renewable contracts.

Data Center Facilities

For over five years, we have operated and maintained a data center in Bethlehem, PA, and have consistently focused on the security, technology, maintenance, staffing and reliability of the data center facility. This secure facility houses all customer-facing, production, test and development systems that are the backbone of the services delivered to our customers. The facility and all systems are monitored 7 days a week, 24 hours a day, and are protected via multiple layers of physical and electronic security measures. In addition, a redundant power supply ensures constant, regulated power into the Managed Data Facility and a back-up generator system provides power indefinitely to the facility in the event of a utility power failure. All systems in the Managed Data Facility are monitored for availability and performance using industry standard tools such as HP OpenView^®, Big Brother^®, Oracle Enterprise Manager^®, CiscoWorks^® and Empirix OneSight^®. To ensure customer responsiveness, Synchronoss’ technical staff members are available 7 days a week, 24 hours a day, 365 days a year to ensure the continuous availability of our systems.

Disaster Recovery Facility

Construction has begun on a second data center facility at the company’s corporate headquarters in Bridgewater, New Jersey, and will be completed in the end of June, 2006. Physical construction of the facility is nearly complete, and we have begun the process of installing critical hardware and back-up equipment. This facility will be used to provide a hot site for disaster recovery purposes. In the event of a major service disruption at our primary facility, production application services will be activated at the secondary facility and services will be restored in a period of time required to meet all customer facing service level agreements (SLAs) for availability and service delivery.

Network

We use AT&T, a tier-one service provider, to provide a managed, fully-redundant network solution to deliver enterprise scale services to its customers. Specifically, we have two OC-3 fiber optic rings, delivering 115MB/sec of highly redundant bandwidth to the Bethlehem and Bridgewater facilities. We are in the final phases of implementing a significant upgrade to our wide area network infrastructure that will support future business growth and strategy. This fiber optic based solution will be fully operational in the first quarter of 2006.

Customer Support

Our Customer Service Center (CSC) acts as an initial point of contact for all customer related issues and requests. The CSC staff is available 7 days a week via phone, email or pager to facilitate the diagnosis and resolution of application and service related issues with which they are presented. Issues that require further investigation are immediately escalated to our product and infrastructure support teams on behalf of the customer to provide the greatest speed of problem resolution and highest levels of customer service.

Competition

Competition in our markets is intense and involves rapidly-changing technologies and customer requirements, as well as evolving industry standards and frequent product introductions. We compete primarily on the basis of the breadth of our domain expertise and our proprietary exception handling, as well as on the basis of price, time-to-market, functionality, quality and breadth of product and service offerings. We believe the most important factors making us a strong competitor include:


	•	the breadth and depth of our transaction management solutions, including our exception handling technology;

	•	the quality and performance of our product;

	•	our high-quality customer service;

	•	our ability to implement and integrate solutions;

	•	the overall value of our software; and

	•	the references of our customers.

The following summarizes the principal products and services that compete with our solutions:

Our solutions compete with CSPs’ internally developed IT systems. While many CSPs continue to rely upon their internal solutions, we believe that due to the complexity of telecommunications networking infrastructure, systems developed in-house are often inefficient, costly and provide unreliable results. We believe our solutions provide a lower total cost of ownership, faster time-to-market and the ability to scale more rapidly based on end-user demand than internally developed solutions.

Our solutions compete with gateway systems vendors such as Neustar and VeriSign, which offer clearinghouse-type services such as managing area codes and phone numbers, routing telephone calls, managing Internet domain directories and securing electronic commerce and communications. We do not currently provide such services and therefore do not directly compete with the clearinghouse-type services offered by gateway systems vendors. In areas where we compete with gateway systems vendors, we believe we differentiate ourselves by deploying exception handling and managing transactions ranging from initial subscription to customer lifecycle transactions, such as ongoing additions, subtractions and changes to services. We believe our expertise and proprietary technology enable CSPs to rely on us for complete transaction management solutions.

Our solutions also compete with systems integrators such as Accenture. These vendors develop customized solutions for CSPs, which typically involves building and operating a custom e-commerce transaction management solution. We believe our solutions provide lower startup and ongoing maintenance costs, faster time-to-market and better economies of scale versus these vendors. In addition, we differentiate ourselves with our ability to deploy exception handling and manage transactions ranging from initial subscription to customer lifecycle transactions.

We are aware of other software developers and smaller entrepreneurial companies that are focusing significant resources on developing and marketing products and services that will compete with our ActivationNow^® platform. We anticipate continued growth in the communications industry and the entrance of new competitors in the order processing and transaction management solution market and that the market for our products and services will remain intensely competitive.

Government Regulation

We are not currently subject to direct federal, state or local government regulation, other than regulations that apply to businesses generally. Our CSP customers are subject to regulation by the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC. Changes in FCC regulations that affect our existing or potential customers could lead them to spend less on e-commerce transaction management solutions, which would reduce our revenues and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Intellectual Property

To establish and protect our intellectual property, we rely on a combination of copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions. Synchronoss^®, the Synchronoss logo, PerformancePartner^® and ActivationNow^® are registered trademarks of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. In addition to legal protections, we rely on the technical and creative skills of our employees, frequent product enhancements and improved product quality to maintain a technology-leadership position. We cannot be certain that others will not develop technologies that are similar or superior to our technology.

We generally enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and confidentiality agreements with our alliance partners and customers, and generally control access to and distribution of our software, documentation and other proprietary information.

Employees

We believe that our growth and success is attributable in large part to our employees and an experienced management team, many members of which have years of industry experience in building, implementing, marketing and selling transaction management solutions critical to business operations. We intend to continue training our employees as well as developing and promoting our culture and believe such efforts provide us with a sustainable competitive advantage. We offer a work environment that enables employees to make meaningful contributions, as well as incentive programs to continue to motivate and reward our employees.

As of April 30, 2006, we had 134 full-time employees of whom:



	•	8 were in sales and marketing;



	•	63 were in research and development;



	•	11 were in finance and administration; and



	•	52 were in operations.

None of our employees are covered by any collective bargaining agreements.

Facilities

We lease approximately 21,150 square feet of office space in Bridgewater, New Jersey. In addition to our principal office space in Bridgewater, New Jersey, we lease facilities and offices in Bethlehem, Pennsylvania, Edison, New Jersey and Redmond, Washington. Lease terms for these locations expire between 2006 and 2009. We believe that the facilities we now lease are sufficient to meet our needs through at least the next 12 months. However, we may require additional office space after that time, and we now are evaluating expansion possibilities.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently subject to any legal proceedings; however, we may from time to time become a party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business.

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

Our executive officers and directors, and their ages as of a recent date, are as follows:


Name	Age		Position

Stephen G. Waldis		38	Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer
Lawrence R. Irving		49	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
David E. Berry		40	Vice President and Chief Technology Officer
Robert Garcia		37	Executive Vice President of Product Management and Service Delivery
Peter Halis		44	Executive Vice President of Operations
Chris Putnam		37	Executive Vice President of Sales
William Cadogan(1)(2)(3)		57	Director
Charles E. Hoffman(4)		57	Director
Thomas J. Hopkins(1)(2)		49	Director
James McCormick(2)(3)		46	Director
Scott Yaphe(1)(3)		33	Director


(1)	Member of Audit Committee.

(2)	Member of Compensation Committee.

(3)	Member of Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee.


(4)	Mr. Hoffman will become a director upon the closing of this offering.

Stephen G. Waldis has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Synchronoss since founding the company in 2000 and has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors since February of 2001. Before founding Synchronoss, from 1994 to 2000, Mr. Waldis served as Chief Operating Officer at Vertek Corporation, a privately held professional services company serving the telecommunications industry. From 1992 to 1994, Mr. Waldis served as Vice President of Sales and Marketing of Logical Design Solutions, a provider of telecom and interactive solutions. From 1989 to 1992, Mr. Waldis worked in various technical and product management roles at AT&T. Mr. Waldis received a degree in corporate communications from Seton Hall University.

Lawrence R. Irving has served as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Synchronoss since July 2001. Before joining Synchronoss, from 1998 to 2001, Mr. Irving served as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer at CommTech Corporation, a telecommunications software provider that was acquired by ADC Telecommunications. From 1995 to 1998, Mr. Irving served as Chief Financial Officer of Holmes Protection Group, a publicly traded company which was acquired by Tyco International. Mr. Irving is a certified public accountant and a member of the New York State Society of Certified Public Accountants. Mr. Irving received a degree in accounting from Pace University.

David E. Berry has served as Vice President and Chief Technology Officer of Synchronoss since 2000. Before joining Synchronoss, Mr. Berry served as both technical sales support and lead architect at Vertek Corporation from 1995 to 1998, where he developed the first generation of online technologies for e-commerce customers. Mr. Berry received a bachelor of science degree in mathematics and computer science from Fairfield University.

Robert Garcia has served as Executive Vice President of Product Management and Service Delivery and General Manager of the western office of Synchronoss since August 2000. Before joining Synchronoss, Mr. Garcia was a Senior Business Consultant with Vertek Corporation from January 1999 to August 2000. Mr. Garcia has also held senior management positions with Philips

Lighting Company and Johnson & Johnson Company. Mr. Garcia received a bachelor of science degree in logistics and economics from St. John’s University in New York.

Peter Halis has served as Executive Vice President of Operations of Synchronoss since 2002. Before joining Synchronoss, from 2000 to 2002, Mr. Halis was a worldwide partner and practice leader of the Northeast Technology, Media and Communications Practice of Arthur Andersen LLP, an accounting and consulting company. Mr. Halis received a bachelor of science degree in computer science and master of business administration degree in corporate finance both from New York University.

Chris Putnam has been with Synchronoss since January 2004, and has served as Executive Vice President of Sales of Synchronoss since April 2005. Mr. Putnam leads the Company’s new business initiatives and sales teams, and is responsible for strategic account acquisitions such as Vonage and Level 3 Communications. His background includes supporting both the service provider and manufacturer communities in sales, sales management and business development capacities. Prior to joining Synchronoss, from 1999 to 2004, Mr. Putnam served as Director of Sales for Perot Systems’ Telecommunications business unit.

William Cadogan has been a member of our board of directors since October 2005. In April of 2001, Mr. Cadogan began serving as a Senior Managing Director with Vesbridge Partners, LLC, formerly St. Paul Venture Capital, a venture capital firm. Mr. Cadogan served as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the board of directors of Mahi Networks, Inc., a leading supplier of multi-service optical transport and switching solutions, from November 2004 until its merger with Meriton Networks in October 2005. Prior to joining St. Paul Venture Capital in April 2001, Mr. Cadogan was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Minnesota-based ADC, Inc., a leading global supplier of telecommunications infrastructure products and services. Mr. Cadogan received a bachelor’s degree in electrical engineering from Northeastern University and a master in business administration degree from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.

Charles E. Hoffman will join our board of directors upon the closing of this offering. Mr. Hoffman has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Covad Communications Group, Inc. since joining Covad in 2001. Prior to 2001, Mr. Hoffman was President and Chief Executive Officer of Rogers AT&T. Prior to his time with Rogers, Mr. Hoffman served as President, Northeast Region, for Sprint PCS. Preceding his time with Sprint PCS, Mr. Hoffman spent 16 years at SBC Communications in various senior management positions, including Managing Director-Wireless for SBC International. Mr. Hoffman received a bachelor of science degree and a master in business administration degree from the University of Missouri, St. Louis.

Thomas J. Hopkins is a Managing Director of Colchester Capital, LLC, an investment and advisory firm. Prior to Colchester Capital, Mr. Hopkins was involved in investment banking for over 17 years, principally at Deutsche Bank (and its predecessor Alex, Brown & Sons), Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Bear Stearns. He began his investment banking career at Drexel Burnham Lambert. Prior to investment banking, Mr. Hopkins was a lawyer for several years. Mr. Hopkins received a bachelor of arts degree from Dartmouth College, a juris doctorate from Villanova University School of Law and a master in business administration degree from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.

James McCormick is a founder of Synchronoss, has been a member of our board of directors since the company’s inception and served as our Treasurer from September 2000 until December 2001. Mr. McCormick is founder and Chief Executive Officer of Vertek Corporation. Prior to founding Vertek in 1988, Mr. McCormick was a member of the Technical Staff at AT&T Bell Laboratories. Mr. McCormick was also a founding member and director of Formity Systems, a provider of telecommunications asset management software. Mr. McCormick received a bachelor of science in computer science from the University of Vermont and a master of science degree in computer science from the University of California — Berkeley.

Scott Yaphe has been a member of our board of directors since July 2003. Mr. Yaphe is a Partner at ABS Ventures, a venture capital firm. Prior to joining ABS Ventures, from June 1999 to October 2000, Mr. Yaphe was Director of Corporate Development at Saraide, a wireless software developer that was acquired by Infospace Inc. Prior to 2000, Mr. Yaphe was a management consultant at A.T. Kearney, Inc., a consulting firm. Mr. Yaphe received a master in business administration degree from the Harvard Business School and a bachelor of commerce degree from McGill University.

Corporate Governance and Board Composition

Corporate governance is a system that allocates duties and authority among a company’s stockholders, board of directors and management. The stockholders elect the board and vote on extraordinary matters; the board is the company’s governing body, responsible for hiring, overseeing and evaluating management, including the Chief Executive Officer, and management runs the company’s day-to-day operations. Our board of directors is comprised of at least a majority of independent directors, and believes that it is useful and appropriate to have our Chief Executive Officer also serve as the chairman of our board of directors.

Classification of Directors. Upon the closing of this offering we will have six directors, several of whom were elected as directors under the board composition provisions of a stockholders agreement and our restated certificate of incorporation. The board composition provisions of the stockholders agreement and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will be terminated upon the closing of this offering. Upon the termination of these provisions, there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal.

Following the offering, the board of directors will be divided into three classes with members of each class of directors serving for staggered three-year terms. The board of directors will consist initially of two Class I directors (Mr. Hoffman and Mr. McCormick), two Class II directors (Mr. Hopkins and Mr. Yaphe) and two Class III directors (Mr. Cadogan and Mr. Waldis), whose initial terms will expire at the annual meetings of stockholders held in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Our classified board could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us. For more information on the classified board, see “Description of Capital Stock.”

Mr. Waldis, our President and Chief Executive Officer, currently serves as the chairman of our board of directors and will continue to do so following the offering.

Independent Directors. Each of our directors other than Mr. Waldis and Mr. McCormick qualifies as an independent director in accordance with the published listing requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market, or Nasdaq. The Nasdaq independence definition includes a series of objective tests, such as that the director is not also one of our employees and has not engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as further required by the Nasdaq rules, our board of directors has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist which, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations, our directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities as they may relate to us and our management.

Board Structure and Committees. Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nomination and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors and its committees set schedules to meet throughout the year, and also can hold special meetings and act by written consent from time to time as appropriate. The independent directors of our board of directors also will hold separate regularly scheduled executive session meetings at least twice a year at which only independent directors are present. Our board of directors has delegated various responsibilities and authority to its committees as generally described below. The committees will regularly report on their activities and actions to the full board

of directors. With the exception of James McCormick, each member of each committee of our board of directors qualifies as an independent director in accordance with the Nasdaq standards described above. Each committee of our board of directors has a written charter approved by our board of directors. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, copies of each charter will be posted on our Web site at http://www.synchronoss.com under the Investor Relations section. The inclusion of our Web site address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our Web site into this prospectus.

Audit Committee. The audit committee of our board of directors reviews and monitors our corporate financial statements and reporting and our external audits, including, among other things, our internal controls and audit functions, the results and scope of the annual audit and other services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm and our compliance with legal matters that have a significant impact on our financial statements. Our audit committee also consults with our management and our independent registered public accounting firm prior to the presentation of financial statements to stockholders and, as appropriate, initiates inquiries into aspects of our financial affairs. Our audit committee is responsible for establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, and for the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters, and has established such procedures to become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In addition, our audit committee is directly responsible for the appointment, retention, compensation and oversight of the work of our independent auditors, including approving services and fee arrangements. All related party transactions will be approved by our audit committee before we enter into them. The current members of our audit committee are Thomas J. Hopkins, William Cadogan and Scott Yaphe.

In addition to qualifying as independent under the Nasdaq rules, each member of our audit committee can read and has an understanding of fundamental financial statements.

Our audit committee includes at least one member who has been determined by our board of directors to meet the qualifications of an audit committee financial expert in accordance with SEC rules. Mr. Hopkins is the independent director who has been determined to be an audit committee financial expert. This designation is a disclosure requirement of the SEC related to Mr. Hopkins’ experience and understanding with respect to certain accounting and auditing matters. The designation does not impose on Mr. Hopkins any duties, obligations or liability that are greater than are generally imposed on him as a member of our audit committee and our board of directors, and his designation as an audit committee financial expert pursuant to this SEC requirement does not affect the duties, obligations or liability of any other member of our audit committee or board of directors.

Compensation Committee. The compensation committee of our board of directors reviews, makes recommendations to the board and approves our compensation policies and all forms of compensation to be provided to our executive officers and directors, including, among other things, annual salaries, bonuses, stock options and other incentive compensation arrangements. In addition, our compensation committee will administer our stock option plans, including reviewing and granting stock options, with respect to our executive officers and directors, and may from time to time assist our board of directors in administering our stock option plans with respect to all of our other employees. Our compensation committee also reviews and approves other aspects of our compensation policies and matters. The current members of our compensation committee are William Cadogan, Thomas J. Hopkins and James McCormick.

Nomination and Governance Committee. The nomination and governance committee of our board of directors will review and report to our board of directors on a periodic basis with regard to matters of corporate governance, and will review, assess and make recommendations on the effectiveness of our corporate governance policies. In addition, our nomination and governance

committee will review and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding the size and composition of our board of directors and the appropriate qualities and skills required of our directors in the context of the then current make-up of our board of directors. This will include an assessment of each candidate’s independence, personal and professional integrity, financial literacy or other professional or business experience relevant to an understanding of our business, ability to think and act independently and with sound judgment and ability to serve our stockholders’ long-term interests. These factors, and others as considered useful by our nomination and governance committee, will be reviewed in the context of an assessment of the perceived needs of our board of directors at a particular point in time. As a result, the priorities and emphasis of our nomination and governance committee and of our board of directors may change from time to time to take into account changes in business and other trends, and the portfolio of skills and experience of current and prospective directors.

Our nomination and governance committee will establish procedures for the nomination process and lead the search for, select and recommend candidates for election to our board of directors (subject to legal rights, if any, of third parties to nominate or appoint directors). Consideration of new director candidates typically will involve a series of committee discussions, review of information concerning candidates and interviews with selected candidates. Candidates for nomination to our board of directors typically have been suggested by other members of our board of directors or by our executive officers. From time to time, our nomination and governance committee may engage the services of a third-party search firm to identify director candidates. After this offering, our nomination and governance committee will select the candidates for election to our board of directors. Our nomination and governance committee will consider candidates proposed in writing by stockholders, provided such proposal meets the eligibility requirements for submitting stockholder proposals for inclusion in our next proxy statement and is accompanied by certain required information about the candidate. Candidates proposed by stockholders will be evaluated by our nomination and governance committee using the same criteria as for all other candidates. The members of our nomination and governance committee are William Cadogan, James McCormick and Scott Yaphe.

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct. Our board of directors has adopted a code of ethics and business conduct that will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and that will apply to all of our employees, officers (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions) and directors. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the full text of our code of ethics and business conduct will be posted on our Web site at http://www.synchronoss.com under the Investor Relations section. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our code of ethics and business conduct, or waivers of such provisions, applicable to our directors and executive officers (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions), at the same location on our Web site identified above and also in a Current Report on Form 8-K within four business days following the date of such amendment or waiver. The inclusion of our Web site address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our Web site into this prospectus.

Director Compensation

Following this offering, each non-employee member of our board of directors will be entitled to receive an annual retainer of $25,000. In addition, each non-employee director serving on our audit committee, compensation committee and nomination and governance committee will be entitled to an annual retainer of $10,000, $5,000 and $5,000, respectively, and the chair of each such committee will be entitled to an additional annual retainer of $7,500, $5,000 and $5,000, respectively. The retainer fees will be paid in four quarterly payments on the first day of each calendar quarter.

Non-employee directors will also be entitled to an initial stock option award to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock upon such director’s election to our board of directors. The option will become exercisable for 33% of the shares after one year of service as a director, with the balance vesting in equal monthly installments over the remaining two years. Each year thereafter, beginning in January of 2007, each non-employee director will receive an annual stock option award to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock, which will vest in equal monthly installments over the following year. All such options will be granted at the fair market value on the date of the award. For further information regarding the equity compensation of our non-employee directors, see “Management — Automatic Option Grant Program.”

We currently have a policy to reimburse directors for travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at board and committee meetings.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The compensation committee of the board of directors currently consists of William Cadogan, Thomas J. Hopkins and James McCormick. None of our executive officers has ever served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity that has or has had one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or our compensation committee.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Prior to the effective date of this offering, we will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors. The form of agreement provides that we will indemnify each of our directors against any and all expenses incurred by that director because of his or her status as one of our directors, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws. In addition, the form agreement provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, but subject to various exceptions, we will advance all expenses incurred by our directors in connection with a legal proceeding.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions relating to the limitation of liability and indemnification of directors. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:


	•	for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

	•	for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

	•	in respect of unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

	•	for any transaction from which the director derives any improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that if Delaware law is amended after the approval by our stockholders of the certificate of incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. The foregoing provisions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation are not intended to limit the liability of directors or officers for any violation of applicable federal securities laws. As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we may indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and the restated certificate of incorporation provisions relating to indemnity may not be retroactively repealed or modified so as to adversely affect the protection of our directors.

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our bylaws provide that we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers and we are authorized to purchase directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, which we currently maintain to cover our directors and executive officers.

Executive Compensation

Compensation Earned

The following summarizes the compensation earned during 2005 by our chief executive officer and our four other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers on April 30, 2006. We refer to these individuals as our “named executive officers.” In accordance with SEC rules, the compensation in this table does not include certain perquisites and other personal benefits received by the named executive officers that did not exceed the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of any officer’s aggregate salary and bonus reported in this table.

Summary Compensation Table


		Annual Compensation
											All Other
								Other Annual			Compensation(1)
Name and Principal				Salary		Bonus		Compensation
Position		Year		$		$		($)			$

Stephen G. Waldis			2005		249,984		652,789					1,500
	Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer
Lawrence R. Irving(2)			2005		210,000		233,283					1,500
	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
David E. Berry			2005		200,000		227,783					1,500
	Vice President and Chief Technology Officer
Robert Garcia			2005		197,083		272,550		94,037	(3)		1,500
	Executive Vice President of Product Management and Service Delivery
Peter Halis(2)			2005		204,000		227,709					1,500
	Executive Vice President of Operations


(1)	The amount shown under All Other Compensation in the table above represents 401(k) matching contributions.


(2)	No restricted stock grants were made to our named officers during the year. As of December 31, 2005, Mr. Irving held 6,452 restricted shares of our common stock, which had a value as of that date of $57,942, based on the determination by our board of directors of fair market value of our common stock as of December 31, 2005. As of December 31, 2005, Mr. Halis held 48,772 restricted shares of our common stock, which had a value as of that date of $437,975. In each case, the purchaser shall vest with respect to the number of shares that would vest over a 12-month period if Synchronoss is subject to a change in control before the purchaser’s service terminates and the purchaser is subject to an involuntary termination within 12 months following such change in control.


(3)	The amount shown under Other Annual Compensation in the table above represents relocation expenses paid by the Company.

Stock Options

Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

The table below provides information regarding the stock options granted to our named executive officers in 2005. Each option represents the right to purchase one share of our common stock.

The potential realizable values are based on an assumption that the stock price of our common stock will appreciate at the annual rate shown (compounded annually) from the date of grant until the end of the option term. These values do not take into account amounts required to be paid as income taxes under the Internal Revenue Code and any applicable state laws or option provisions providing for termination of an option following termination of employment, non-transferability or vesting. These amounts are calculated for illustration purposes only and do not reflect our estimate of future stock price growth of the shares of our common stock.


	Individual Grants
											Potential Realizable Value
				Percent of							at Assumed Annual Rates
	Number of			Total							of Stock Price
	Securities			Options							Appreciation for Option
	Underlying			Granted to		Exercise					Term
	Options			Employees		Price			Expiration
Name	Granted			in 2005		($/Share)			Date		5% ($)		10% ($)

Stephen G. Waldis		—			—		—			—		—		—
Lawrence R. Irving		—			—		—			—		—		—
David E. Berry		—			—		—			—		—		—
Peter Halis		—			—		—			—		—		—
Robert Garcia		80,000	(1)		19%	$	1.84	(1)		4/11/2015	$	239,773	$	381,799

(1)

In connection with our option exchange program initiated in April, 2006 as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” Mr. Garcia’s option was amended to increase the exercise price per share of such option, from $0.45 to $1.84. In addition, Mr. Garcia received a restricted stock grant of 12,383 shares in connection with such option exchange program.

The following table presents for our named executive officers the number and value of securities underlying unexercised options that are held by these executive officers as of December 31, 2005. No stock appreciation rights were granted to, and no options were exercised by these executive officers in the last fiscal year, and no stock appreciation rights were outstanding at the end of that year.

Options granted to the named executive officers before September 30, 2003 were immediately exercisable with the underlying shares subject to our right of repurchase in the event that the optionee’s employment terminated prior to full vesting. Options granted after that date become exercisable upon vesting. The options vest as to 25% of the shares subject to the option on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant and an additional 2.0833% each month thereafter.

The figures in the “value of unexercised in-the-money options at fiscal year end” column are based on the midpoint of our initial public offering price range, less the exercise price paid or payable for these shares.


	Number of Securities
	Underlying Unexercised				Value of Unexercised
	Options at				In-the-Money Options at
	December 31, 2005				December 31, 2005

Name	Exercisable		Unexercisable		Exercisable		Unexercisable

Stephen G. Waldis		—		—		—		—
Lawrence R. Irving		—		—		—		—
David E. Berry		30,000		—	$	291,300		—
Peter Halis		—		—		—		—
Robert Garcia		21,875		88,125	$	212,406	$	731,694

Employment Agreements

In connection with this offering, we will enter into employment agreements with each of Stephen G. Waldis, our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, Lawrence R. Irving, our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, David E. Berry, our Vice President and Chief Technology Officer, and Robert Garcia, our Executive Vice President of Product Management and Service Delivery. Each of the employment agreements provides a three-year term with annual renewals thereafter. In each of the employment agreements, the executive provides customary non-competition and non-solicitation covenants.

Stephen G. Waldis. The employment agreement with Mr. Waldis will provide for an annual base salary of $375,000 and eligibility for an annual target bonus of up to 65% of his annual base salary upon achievement of performance goals to be established by our board of directors or its compensation committee. If prior to, or more than 12 months following, the occurrence of a change in control of Synchronoss, the employment of Mr. Waldis is terminated for reasons other than cause or permanent disability, Mr. Waldis shall receive a lump sum severance payment equal to two times his base salary, plus two times his average bonus received in the immediately preceding two years and, if Mr. Waldis resigns for good reason, the severance payment will be one and one-half times his base salary and average bonus. If within 12 months following a change in control, the employment of Mr. Waldis is terminated for reasons other than cause or permanent disability, or Mr. Waldis terminates his employment for good reason, Mr. Waldis shall receive a lump sum severance payment equal to 2.99 times his base salary in effect at the time, plus two times his average bonus received in the immediately preceding two years.

Lawrence R. Irving, David E. Berry and Robert Garcia. The employment agreements with each of Mr. Irving, Mr. Berry and Mr. Garcia will provide for an annual base salary for Mr. Irving, Mr. Berry and Mr. Garcia of $225,000, $200,000 and $225,000, respectively, and eligibility for an annual target bonus of up to 50% of each such individual’s base salary, upon achievement of performance goals to be established by our board of directors or its compensation committee. If prior to, or more than 12 months following, the occurrence of a change in control of Synchronoss, the employment of such executive is terminated for reasons other than cause or permanent disability, each such executive shall receive a lump sum severance payment equal to one and one-half times his base salary, plus one and one-half times his average bonus received in the immediately preceding two years and, if such executive resigns for good reason, the severance payment will be one times his base salary and average bonus. If within 12 months following a change in control, the employment of such executive is terminated for reasons other than cause or permanent disability, or such executive terminates his employment for good reason, such executive shall receive a lump sum severance payment equal to two times his base salary in effect at the time, plus two times his average bonus received in the immediately preceding two years.

Employee Benefit Plans

2006 Equity Incentive Plan

Our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan was adopted by our board of directors on April 25, 2006 and is expected to be approved by our stockholders. The 2006 Equity Incentive Plan will become effective on the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan replaces our 2000 Stock Plan, our prior plan. No further option grants will be made under our 2000 Stock Plan after this offering. The options outstanding after this offering under the 2000 Stock Plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

Share Reserve. We have reserved 1,750,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, plus the number of shares remaining available for issuance under our 2000 Stock Plan.

In general, if options or shares awarded under the 2000 Stock Plan or the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan are forfeited or repurchased, then those options or shares will again become available for awards under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.

Administration. The compensation committee of our board of directors administers the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. The committee has discretion to make decisions relating to our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, subject in certain cases to the approval of our board of directors. The compensation committee may also reprice outstanding options and modify outstanding awards in other ways.

Eligibility. Employees, members of our board of directors who are not employees and consultants are eligible to participate in our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.

Types of Award. Our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the following types of awards:


	•	incentive and nonstatutory stock options to purchase shares of our common stock;

	•	restricted shares of our common stock; and

	•	stock appreciation rights and stock units.

Options and Stock Appreciation Rights. The exercise price for options granted under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the option grant date. Optionees may pay the exercise price by using:


	•	cash;

	•	shares of common stock that the optionee already owns;

	•	a full-recourse promissory note, but this form of payment is not available to executive officers or directors;

	•	an immediate sale of the option shares through a broker designated by us; or

	•	a loan from a broker designated by us, secured by the option shares.

A participant who exercises a stock appreciation right receives the increase in value of our common stock over the base price. The base price for stock appreciation rights granted under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan shall be determined by the compensation committee. The settlement value of the stock appreciation right may be paid in cash or shares of common stock. Options and stock appreciation rights vest at the times determined by the compensation committee. In most cases, our options and stock appreciation rights will vest over a four-year period following the date of grant. Options and stock appreciation rights generally expire 10 years after they are granted. The compensation committee may provide for a longer term except that options and stock appreciation rights generally expire earlier if the participant’s service terminates earlier. No participant may receive options or stock appreciation rights under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan covering more than 2,000,000 shares in one calendar year, except that a newly hired employee may receive options or stock appreciation rights covering up to 3,000,000 shares in the first year of employment.

Restricted Shares and Stock Units. Restricted shares may be awarded under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan in return for:


	•	cash;

	•	a full-recourse promissory note;

	•	services already provided to us; and

	•	in the case of treasury shares only, services to be provided to us in the future.

Restricted shares vest at the times determined by the compensation committee. Stock units may be awarded under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. No cash consideration shall be required of the award recipients. Stock units may be granted in consideration of a reduction in the recipient’s other compensation or in consideration of services rendered. Each award of stock units may or may not be subject to vesting and vesting, if any, shall occur upon satisfaction of the conditions specified by the compensation committee. Settlement of vested stock units may be made in the form of cash, shares of common stock or a combination of both.

Change in Control Arrangements. The compensation committee of the board of directors, as plan administrator of the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting of the shares of common stock subject to outstanding options held by the officers named in the Summary Compensation Table and any other person in connection with certain changes in control of Synchronoss. For options granted and awards issued under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, upon a change in control of Synchronoss, the option or award will generally not accelerate vesting unless the surviving corporation does not assume the option or award or replace it with a comparable award. If the surviving corporation does not assume the option or award or replace it with a comparable award, then vesting will accelerate as to all of the shares of common stock subject to such award.

In April 2006, the compensation committee of our board of directors approved entering into agreements with each of Stephen G. Waldis, our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, Lawrence R. Irving, our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, David E. Berry, our Vice President and Chief Technology Officer, and Robert Garcia, our Executive Vice President of Product Management and Service Delivery, to modify their outstanding options effective upon the closing of this offering. The agreements will provide that each option will vest and become exercisable in full if the officer’s employment is involuntarily terminated following a change in control. Involuntary termination includes a discharge without cause or resignation following a change in position that materially reduces the optionee’s level of authority or responsibility, a reduction in compensation or benefits, or relocation of the optionee’s workplace. A change in control includes:



	•	a merger of Synchronoss after which our own stockholders own 50% or less of the surviving corporation or its parent company;


	•	a sale of all or substantially all of our assets;

	•	a proxy contest that results in the replacement of more than one-half of our directors over a 24-month period; or

	•	an acquisition of 50% or more of our outstanding stock by any person or group, other than a person related to Synchronoss, such as a holding company owned by our stockholders.

Automatic Option Grant Program. On October 21, 2005, our board of directors approved a program of automatic option grants for non-employee directors on the terms specified below:



	•	Each non-employee director will receive an initial option for 25,000 shares. The initial grant of this option will occur when the director takes office. The option will vest in three equal annual installments.



	•	Each January beginning with January of 2007, each non-employee director who will continue to be a director will automatically be granted an option for 10,000 shares of our common stock. However, a new non-employee director who is receiving the initial option will not receive this option in the same calendar year. The option will vest in equal monthly installments over the one-year period following the option grant.


	•	A non-employee director’s option granted under this program will become fully vested upon a change in control of Synchronoss.


	•	The exercise price of each non-employee director’s option will be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the option grant date. A director may pay the exercise price by using cash, shares of common stock that the director already owns, or an immediate sale of the option shares through a broker designated by us. The non-employee director’s options have a 10-year term, except that they expire one year after the director leaves the board of directors.

Amendments or Termination. Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan at any time. If our board of directors amends the plan, it does not need to ask for stockholder approval of the amendment unless applicable law requires it. The 2006 Equity Incentive Plan will continue in effect indefinitely, unless the board of directors decides to terminate the plan.

As of April 30, 2006, we had outstanding options under the 2000 Stock Plan to purchase an aggregate of 2,001,934 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.29 to $10.00 per share, or a weighted average per share exercise price of $5.86. A total of 1,750,000 shares of common stock are available for future issuance under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Since January 1, 2003, there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or are a party in which the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $60,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than:


	•	compensation arrangements, which are described where required under “Management;” and

	•	the transactions described below.

We believe that we have executed all of the transactions set forth below on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties. It is our intention to ensure that all future transactions between us and our officers, directors and principal stockholders and their affiliates, are approved by a majority of the board of directors, including a majority of the independent and disinterested members of the board of directors, and are on terms no less favorable to us than those that we could obtain from unaffiliated third parties.

Registration Rights Agreement

In November 2000, we entered into a registration rights agreement with certain of our Series A stockholders pursuant to which we granted such stockholders certain registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock held by them. The agreement was approved by a majority of our board of directors, including a majority of the independent and disinterested members of the board of directors. For more information regarding this agreement, see “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”

Investors Rights Agreement

In December 2000, we entered into an amended and restated investors rights agreement with certain holders of our common stock, Series 1 convertible preferred stock and Series A convertible preferred stock. The agreement was approved by a majority of our board of directors, including a majority of the independent and disinterested members of the board of directors. Pursuant to the agreement, certain restrictions have been placed upon the sale of shares of common stock by James McCormick and Stephen G. Waldis. The agreement also provides for the election of certain stockholder-designated directors to our board of directors and requires that we provide certain information rights to selected stockholders of the Company. The agreement will terminate upon a firm commitment initial public offering with an aggregate offering price of at least $20 million and per share price of at least $8.70. We anticipate that the amended and restated investors rights agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering.

Transactions with our Executive Officers and Directors

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors, providing for indemnification against expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred in connection with their service for us on our behalf. For more information regarding these agreements, see “Management — Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”

Loans to Executive Officers.

We provided loans to the employees specified below for the purpose of their exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock. Each loan was approved by a majority of our board of directors, including a majority of the independent and disinterested members of the board of directors. The loans bore interest at rates ranging from 2.8% to 6.3%. The shares acquired under the loan were pledged as security for the promissory note evidencing such loan. All of the loans were repaid by June 30, 2005.


				Number of				Indebtedness
		Principal		Shares Acquired		Date of		as of		Indebtedness
Name & Title		Amount		with Loan		Loan		5/31/05*		as of 6/30/05

Stephen G. Waldis		$	325,003		1,120,700		1/26/01	$	195,701		$ 0
	Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer
Lawrence R. Irving		$	68,078		234,750		6/1/01	$	81,758		$ 0
	Chief Financial Officer and	$	22,454		77,428		7/9/02	$	24,311		$ 0
	Treasurer
David E. Berry		$	31,000		155,000		10/27/00	$	39,979		$ 0
	Vice President and Chief	$	5,800		20,000		1/26/01	$	7,288		$ 0
	Technology Officer
Peter Halis		$	113,152		390,178		7/9/02	$	122,512		$ 0
	Executive Vice President of Operations
Robert Garcia		$	6,200		31,000		10/27/00	$	7,996		$ 0
	Executive Vice President of Product Management and Service Delivery


*	Such amount is the largest aggregate indebtedness outstanding to the Registrant during 2005, the last fiscal year.

Stock Option Awards

For information regarding stock options and stock awards granted to our named executive officers and directors, see “Management — Director Compensation” and “Management — Executive Compensation.”

Omniglobe International, L.L.C.

Omniglobe International, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company with operations in India, provides data entry services relating to our exception handling management. We pay Omniglobe an hourly rate for each hour worked by one of its data entry agents. For these services, we paid Omniglobe $2.2 million and $8.1 million during 2004 and 2005, respectively. For information regarding minimum contractual commitments to Omniglobe, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Contractual Obligations.”

On March 12, 2004, certain of our executive officers and their family members acquired indirect equity interests in Omniglobe by purchasing an ownership interest in Rumson Hitters, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, as follows:


					Purchase
					Price of
					Interest in
					Rumson
		Indirect Equity			Hitters,
Name	Position with Synchronoss	Interest in Omniglobe			L.L.C.

Stephen G. Waldis	Chairman of the Board		12.23	%	$	95,000
	of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer
Lawrence R. Irving	Chief Financial Officer		2.58	%	$	20,000
	and Treasurer
David E. Berry	Vice President and Chief		2.58	%	$	20,000
	Technology Officer
Robert Garcia	Executive Vice President		1.29	%	$	10,000
	of Product Management and Service Delivery

Since the date that our officers and their family members acquired their interests in Rumson Hitters, Omniglobe has paid an aggregate of $1.3 million in distributions to all of its interest holders, including Rumson Hitters. In turn, Rumson Hitters has paid an aggregate of $0.7 million in distributions to its interest holders, including $153,655 in distributions to Stephen G. Waldis and his family members, $32,348 in distributions to Lawrence R. Irving, $32,348 in distributions to David E. Berry and his family members and $16,174 in distributions to Robert Garcia.

Synchronoss considered making an investment in Omniglobe but elected not to pursue the opportunity based on the recommendation of our independent directors. Only after Synchronoss declined to pursue the opportunity did members of our management team make their investments. None of the members of our management team devotes time to the management of Omniglobe.

Upon completion of this offering, Rumson Hitters will repurchase, at the original purchase price, the equity interests in Rumson Hitters held by each of our employees and their family members, such that no employee of Synchronoss or family member of such employee will have any interest in Rumson Hitters or Omniglobe after this offering. Neither Synchronoss nor any of its employees will provide any of the funds to be used by Rumson Hitters in repurchasing such equity interests.

Vertek Corporation

Vertek Corporation, a New Jersey corporation with principal offices in New Jersey and Vermont, is a solutions provider to the communications services industry. On October 2, 2000, Vertek contributed to Synchronoss all of its application service provider business (including rights to the intellectual property, all current contracts and licenses related to that business) and tangible assets with a book value of approximately $2.1 million. In exchange, we issued to Vertek 2 million shares of our Series 1 convertible preferred stock and 8 million shares of our common stock. Vertek subsequently distributed its 8 million shares of our common stock to its stockholders. Synchronoss also assumed and agreed to perform, pay and discharge certain liabilities of Vertek relating to the application service provider business, which included a software contract payable over 30 monthly installments totaling approximately $0.5 million and a lease for office space. At the time that Vertek contributed its application service provider business and tangible assets to Synchronoss, Vertek was held 84% by James McCormick, a member of our board of directors, and 16% by Stephen G. Waldis, our Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer. However, pursuant to a subsequent agreement between Vertek and Messrs. McCormick and Waldis, Vertek repurchased all of the outstanding Vertek shares held by Mr. Waldis, such that Mr. McCormick is now the sole stockholder of Vertek. For various consulting services, we paid Vertek $0.01 million in 2003 and $0.4 million in 2004. We made no payments to Vertek in 2005 or during the first quarter of 2006.

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table provides information concerning beneficial ownership of our capital stock as of April 30, 2006, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common stock being sold in this offering, by:


	•	each stockholder, or group of affiliated stockholders, that we know owns more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock;

	•	each of our named executive officers;

	•	each of our directors;

	•	all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

	•	each selling stockholder.

The following table lists the number of shares and percentage of shares beneficially owned based on 24,389,995 shares of common stock outstanding as of April 30, 2006, as adjusted to reflect the conversion of the outstanding shares of preferred stock upon completion of this offering. The table also lists the applicable percentage beneficial ownership based on 30,922,102 shares of common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase up to an aggregate of 940,000 shares of our common stock.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and generally includes voting power and/or investment power with respect to the securities held. Shares of common stock subject to options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2006, are deemed outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding such options for purposes of computing the number of shares and percentage beneficially owned by such person, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage beneficially owned by any other person. Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons or entities named have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.

Unless otherwise indicated, the principal address of each of the stockholders below is c/o Synchronoss Technologies, Inc., 750 Route 202 South, Suite 600, Bridgewater, New Jersey 08807.


		Shares Beneficially
		Owned Prior to									Shares Beneficially
		Offering									Owned After Offering
Name and Address of Beneficial								Shares Being
Owner		Number			Percent			Offered(1)			Number			Percent

5% Stockholders
ABS Ventures			3,793,104	(2)		15.55	%		0			3,793,104	(2)		12.21	%
	890 Winter Street, Suite 225
	Waltham, MA 02451
Vertek Corporation			2,000,000	(3)		8.20	%		0			2,000,000	(3)		6.47	%
	463 Mountain View Drive
	Colchester, VT 05446
Rosewood Capital			2,579,498	(4)		10.58	%		515,920	(5)		2,063,578	(6)		6.67	%
	One Maritime Plaza,
	Suite 1401
	San Francisco, CA 94111
Ascent Venture Partners III., L.P.			1,256,483			5.15	%		0			1,256,483			4.06	%
	255 State Street, 5th Floor
	Boston, MA 02109
James M. McCormick			4,852,086	(7)		19.89	%		0			4,852,086	(7)		15.69	%


	Shares Beneficially
	Owned Prior to									Shares Beneficially
	Offering									Owned After Offering
Name and Address of Beneficial							Shares Being
Owner	Number			Percent			Offered(1)			Number			Percent

Stephen G. Waldis		2,352,624	(8)		9.65	%		200,000	(9)		2,152,624	(10)		6.96	%
Directors and Named Executive Officers
James M. McCormick		4,852,086	(7)		19.89	%		0			4,852,086	(7)		15.69	%
Scott Yaphe		3,793,104	(2)		15.55	%		0			3,793,104	(2)		12.27	%
Stephen G. Waldis		2,352,624	(8)		9.65	%		200,000	(9)		2,152,624	(10)		6.96	%
Peter Halis		390,178			1.60	%		0			390,178			1.26	%
Lawrence R. Irving		282,178			1.16	%		0			282,178			0.91	%
David E. Berry		205,000			0.84	%		0			205,000			0.66	%
Robert Garcia		154,895	(11)		0.63	%		0			154,895	(11)		0.50	%
Chris Putnam		20,729	(12)		0.08	%		0			20,729	(12)		0.07	%
Thomas J. Hopkins		8,621			0.04	%		0			8,621			0.03	%
All directors and executive officers as a group		12,059,415	(13)		49.44	%		200,000	(9)		11,859,415	(13)		38.35	%
Other Selling Stockholders
Liberty Ventures		517,242	(14)		2.12	%		275,862	(15)		241,380	(16)		0.78	%
Kent Mathy		50,000			0.21	%		50,000			0			0.00	%
Gary L. McGuirk		3,448	(17)		0.01	%		1,000			2,448	(17)		0.01	%
Paul McCauley		3,448	(17)		0.01	%		1,000			2,448	(17)		0.01	%
John M. Pratt		34,483	(17)		0.14	%		10,000			24,483	(17)		0.08	%
Matthew Roghair		172	(17)		0.00	%		172			0			0.00	%
Bloody Forland, LP		86,207			0.35	%		17,000			69,207			0.22	%
Richard J. Connaughton		12,069			0.05	%		12,069			0			0.00	%
The Narotam S. Grewal Trust		51,725			0.21	%		25,862			25,863			0.08	%
K Rosey Limited Family Partnership		17,241			0.07	%		17,241			0			0.00	%
Howard Nadel and Cynthia P. Nadel		34,483			0.14	%		10,000			24,483			0.08	%
The John J. Rogers, Jr. Revocable Trust of 1999		34,483			0.14	%		7,500			26,983			0.09	%
Other Selling Stockholders		229,774	(18)		0.94	%		124,267	(18)		105,507	(18)		0.34	%



	(1)	Unless otherwise indicated, does not include shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option.



	(2)	Consists of 3,751,830 shares held by ABS Ventures VI L.L.C., 41,274 shares held by ABS Investors L.L.C. Mr. Yaphe, one of our directors, is a member of Calvert Capital IV, LLC which holds voting and dispositive power for the shares held of record by ABS Ventures VI L.L.C. He is also a member of ABS Investors L.L.C. Mr. Yaphe disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by each of the ABS Venture funds, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Mr. Yaphe has no voting or dispositive control in either of the ABS Ventures funds.



	(3)	Mr. McCormick, one of our directors, is the Chief Executive Officer and the sole stockholder of Vertek Corporation.



	(4)	Consists of 2,138,295 shares held by RVG IV, L.P., 420,970 shares held by RVG III, L.P. and 20,233 shares held by RVG Associates IV, L.P.



	(5)	Consists of 4,067 shares held by RVG Associates IV, L.P., 84,194 shares held by RVG III, L.P., and 427,659 shares held by RVG IV, L.P.



	(6)	Consists of 16,166 shares held by RVG Associates IV, L.P., 336,776 shares held by RVG III, L.P. and 1,710,636 shares held by RVG IV, L.P.



	(7)	Excludes 889,000 shares held in two separate trusts for the benefit of certain of his family members, as to which he has no voting or investment power and disclaims beneficial ownership.



	(8)	Includes 413,448 shares held by the Waldis Family Partnership, L.P.



	(9)	Such shares to be sold by the Waldis Family Partnership, L.P. upon the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.



(10)	Includes 213,448 shares held by the Waldis Family Partnership, L.P.



(11)	Includes 52,083 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2006.



(12)	Includes 1,600 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2006.



(13)	Includes 53,683 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2006.



(14)	Consists of 172,414 shares held by Liberty Ventures I, L.P. and 344,828 shares held by Liberty Ventures II, L.P.



(15)	Consists of 172,414 shares held by Liberty Ventures I, L.P. and 103,448 shares held by Liberty Ventures II, L.P.



(16)	Such shares held by Liberty Ventures II, L.P.



(17)	The selling stockholder is an affiliate of a registered broker-dealer. Such selling stockholder did not acquire the securities to be resold in the ordinary course of business and did not have any agreements, understandings or arrangements with any other persons, either directly or indirectly, to dispose of the securities at the time of the acquisition.



(18)	The aggregate holding of the group is less than 1% of the shares of common stock outstanding as of April 30, 2006.

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. The following summary of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Common Stock

As of April 30, 2006 there were 24,389,995 shares of common stock outstanding, as adjusted to reflect the conversion of 11,549,256 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock into 11,549,256 shares of common stock and 2,000,000 shares of Series 1 convertible preferred stock into 2,000,000 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, that were held of record by approximately 185 stockholders. There will be 30,922,102 shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and assuming no exercise after April 30, 2006 of outstanding options or warrants, after giving effect to the sale of the shares of common stock to the public offered in this prospectus.

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available. See “Dividend Policy.” In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. The common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued upon completion of this offering will be fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

Upon the closing of this offering, outstanding shares of Series A convertible preferred stock will be converted into 11,549,256 shares of common stock and outstanding shares of Series 1 convertible preferred stock will be converted into 2,000,000 shares of common stock, provided that the aggregate offering price of the shares offered in this offering equals or exceeds $20,000,000 and the price per share in this offering equals or exceeds $8.70 per share.

The board of directors has the authority to issue the preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, without further vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of Synchronoss without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock, including the loss of voting control to others. At present, we have no plans to issue any of the preferred stock.

Warrants

As of December 31, 2005 there were outstanding warrants to purchase up to 94,828 shares of preferred stock at exercise prices of $2.90 per share, up to 94,828 of which will be exercised prior to the closing of this offering. Upon the closing of this offering, warrants to purchase shares of preferred stock will be converted into warrants to purchase shares of common stock.

Registration Rights

After this offering, the holders of approximately 10,576,191 shares of common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of those shares under the Securities Act. Under the terms of the agreement between us and the holders of these registrable securities, if we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders exercising registration rights, these holders are entitled to notice of registration and are entitled to include their shares of common stock in the registration. Holders of 10,576,191 shares of the registrable securities are also entitled to specified demand registration rights under which they may require us to file a registration statement under the Securities Act at our expense with respect to our shares of common stock, and we are required to use our best efforts to effect this registration. Further, the holders of these demand rights may require us to file additional registration statements on Form S-3. All of these registration rights are subject to conditions and limitations, among them the right of the underwriters of an offering to limit the number of shares included in the registration and our right not to effect a requested registration within six months following the initial offering of our securities, including this offering.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and Delaware Law

Some provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make the following transactions more difficult:


	• our acquisition by means of a tender offer;

	• our acquisition by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or

	• removal of our incumbent officers and directors.

These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage and prevent coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors, and also are intended to provide management with flexibility to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in our composition if our board of directors determines that a takeover is not in our best interests or the best interests of our stockholders. These provisions, however, could have the effect of discouraging attempts to acquire us, which could deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices. We believe that the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Election and Removal of Directors. Our board of directors is divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms. This system of electing directors may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us because generally at least two stockholders’ meetings will be required for stockholders to effect a change in control of the board of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws contain provisions that establish specific procedures for appointing and removing members of the board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created

directorships on the board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the directors then serving on the board, and under our bylaws, directors may be removed by the stockholders only for cause.

Stockholder Meetings. Under our bylaws, only the board of directors, the Chairman of the board or our Chief Executive Officer may call special meetings of stockholders.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law. We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or another transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Generally, an interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the date of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions that are not approved in advance by our board of directors, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation eliminates the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting after this offering.

No Cumulative Voting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors. Cumulative voting allows a minority stockholder to vote a portion or all of its shares for one or more candidates for seats on the board of directors. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder will not be able to gain as many seats on our board of directors based on the number of shares of our stock the stockholder holds as the stockholder would be able to gain if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to gain a seat on our board of directors to influence our board’s decision regarding a takeover.

Undesignated Preferred Stock. The authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us.

Amendment of Charter Provisions. The amendment of certain of the above provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding common stock.

These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company. Its telephone number is (212) 936-5100.

Nasdaq National Market Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Stock Market’s National Market under the symbol “SNCR.”

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that a significant public market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. As described below, no shares currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering due to certain contractual and securities law restrictions on resale. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse could cause the prevailing market price to decline and limit our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of 30,922,102 shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no exercise of options or warrants to purchase common stock that were outstanding as of April 30, 2006. The shares of common stock being sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless purchased by our affiliates.

The remaining 24,389,995 shares of common stock held by existing stockholders are restricted securities as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Section 4(1) or Rules 144, 144(k) or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.

The following table shows approximately when the 24,389,995 shares of our common stock that are not being sold in this offering, but which will be outstanding when this offering is complete, will be eligible for sale in the public market:

Eligibility of Restricted Shares for Sale in the Public Market


	Shares Eligible for
Days After Date of this Prospectus	Sale		Comment

Upon Effectiveness		7,600,000	Shares sold in the offering
Upon Effectiveness		—	Freely tradable shares saleable under Rule 144(k) that are not subject to the lock-up
90 Days		—	Shares saleable under Rules 144 and 701 that are not subject to a lock-up
180 Days		23,971,651	Lock-up released, subject to extension; shares saleable under Rules 144 and 701
Thereafter		418,344	Restricted securities held for one year or less

Resale of 17,576,968 of the restricted shares that will become available for sale in the public market starting 180 days after the effective date will be limited by volume and other resale restrictions under Rule 144 because the holders are our affiliates.

Lock-up Agreements

Our officers, directors and substantially all of our stockholders have agreed not to transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., which period of restriction may be extended for up to an additional 34 days under certain limited circumstances. Goldman, Sachs & Co. currently does not anticipate shortening or waiving any of the lock-up agreements and does not have any pre-established conditions for such modifications or waivers.

However, Goldman, Sachs & Co. may, in its sole discretion, at any time, and without notice, release for sale in the public market all or any portion of the shares subject to the lock-up agreement.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least one year including the holding period of any prior owner except an affiliate would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:



	•	1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding which will equal approximately 309,221 shares immediately after this offering; or


	•	the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not and has not been an affiliate of us at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for a least two years including the holding period of any prior owner except an affiliate, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

Rule 701, as currently in effect, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period requirement, of Rule 144. Any employee, officer or director of or consultant to us who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that nonaffiliates may sell such shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares. However, all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements and will only become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the 180-day lock-up agreements. Goldman, Sachs & Co. may, in its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements.

Within 90 days following the effectiveness of this offering, we will file a Registration Statement on Form S-8 registering 2,254,502 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options or reserved for future issuance under our stock plans. As of April 30, 2006, options to purchase a total of 2,001,934 shares were outstanding and 2,254,502 shares were reserved for future issuance under our stock plans.

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of 10,481,363 shares of our common stock and the holders of warrants to purchase 94,828 shares of our common stock have the right to have their shares registered under the Securities Act. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.” All such shares are covered by lock-up agreements; following the expiration of the lock-up period, registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by our affiliates.

We have agreed not to file any registration statements during the 180-day period after the date of this prospectus with respect to the registration of any shares of common stock or any securities

convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable into common stock, other than one or more registration statements on Form S-8 covering securities issuable under our 2000 Stock Plan and 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Form S-8 Registration Statements

Prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the shares of our common stock that are issuable pursuant to our 2000 Stock Plan and 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. See “Management — Employee Benefit Plans.” Subject to the lock-up agreements described above and any applicable vesting restrictions, shares registered under these registration statements will be available for resale in the public market immediately upon the effectiveness of these registration statements, except with respect to Rule 144 volume limitations that apply to our affiliates.

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Thomas Weisel Partners LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.


Underwriters	Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC

Total		7,600,000

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional 940,000 shares from us and 200,000 shares from the Waldis Family Partnership, LP to cover such sales. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above. In the event that this option is not fully exercised, such option will first be exercised with respect to the shares to be purchased from the Waldis Family Partnership and then with respect to the shares to be purchased from us.

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase 1,140,000 additional shares.


Paid by the Company	No Exercise	Full Exercise

Per Share	$	$
Total	$	$


Paid by the Selling Stockholders	No Exercise	Full Exercise

Per Share	$	$
Total	$	$

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $ per share from the initial public offering price. Any such securities dealers may resell any shares purchased from the underwriters to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $ per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms.

We and our directors, officers and holders of substantially all of our common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of our and their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. Goldman, Sachs & Co. has advised us that they have no current intent or arrangement to release any of the shares subject to the lock-up agreements prior to the

expiration of the lock-up period. There are no contractually specified conditions for the waiver of lock-up restrictions and any waiver is at the sole discretion of Goldman, Sachs & Co. See “Shares Available for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release of the announcement of the material news or material event.

At the request of Synchronoss, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to shares offered in this prospectus for directors, officers, employees, business associates and other persons with whom we have a relationship. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the company’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the company, an assessment of the company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We intend to list the common stock on The Nasdaq Stock Market’s National Market under the symbol “SNCR”.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us or the selling stockholders in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of

the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on The Nasdaq Stock Market’s National Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Each of the underwriters has represented and agreed that:


	(a) it has not made or will not make an offer of shares to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of section 102B of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended) (FSMA) except to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities or otherwise in circumstances which do not require the publication by the company of a prospectus pursuant to the Prospectus Rules of the Financial Services Authority (FSA);

	(b) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply to the Issuer; and

	(c) it has complied with, and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each Underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of Shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of Shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:


	(a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

	(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than € 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or accounts; or

	(c) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of Shares to the public” in relation to any Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the Shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/ EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent, or in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the

shares may be issued, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder.

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan (the Securities and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any shares, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $2.8 million.

If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data throughout this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research as well as from industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the common stock being offered will be passed upon for Synchronoss by Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP, Waltham, Massachusetts. As of the date of this prospectus, certain partners and employees of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP beneficially owned an aggregate of 51,725 shares of our common stock. The underwriters are represented by Ropes & Gray LLP.

EXPERTS

Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our financial statements and schedule at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, as set forth in their report. We have included our financial statements and schedule in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock we are offering. This prospectus contains all information about us and our common stock that may be material to an investor in this offering. The registration statement includes exhibits to which you should refer for additional information about us.

You may inspect a copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement without charge at the offices of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of the registration statement from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 upon the payment of the prescribed fees. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a Web site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants like us that file electronically with the SEC. You can also inspect our registration statement on this Web site.

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005, and the three months ended

March 31, 2005 and 2006

(Unaudited)

Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			F-2
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2004, 2005 and March 31, 2006 (unaudited)			F-3
Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005 and the Three Months Ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 (unaudited)			F-4
Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficiency for the Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005 and the Three Months Ended March 31, 2006 (unaudited)			F-5
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005 and the Three Months Ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 (unaudited)			F-6
Notes to Financial Statements			F-7
Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts			II-3
EX-1.1: FORM OF UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
EX-3.2: FORM OF RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
EX-3.4: AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
EX-10.1: FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
EX-10.3: AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO 2000 STOCK PLAN
EX-10.4: 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
EX-23.1: CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG, LLP

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors

Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.

We have audited the balance sheets of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ deficiency and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed on page F-1. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.


	/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

MetroPark, NJ

February 17, 2006

F-2

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except per share data)


		December 31,						March 31,

											2006
		2004			2005			2006			Pro Forma

								(Unaudited)
Assets
Current assets:
	Cash and cash equivalents	$	3,404		$	8,786		$	7,293		$	7,293
	Investments in marketable securities		1,193			4,152			4,972			4,972
	Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $200, $221 and $260 at December 31, 2004, 2005 and March 31, 2006, respectively		7,245			13,092			15,238			15,238
	Prepaid expenses and other assets		699			1,189			1,215			1,215
	Deferred tax assets		—			4,024			3,553			3,553

Total current assets			12,541			31,243			32,271			32,271
Property and equipment, net			4,098			4,207			4,917			4,917
Investments in marketable securities			5,924			3,064			2,170			2,170
Deferred tax assets			—			620			348			348
Other assets			221			1,074			1,605			1,605

Total assets		$	22,784		$	40,208		$	41,311		$	41,311

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficiency
Current liabilities:
	Accounts payable	$	999		$	1,822		$	2,874		$	2,874
	Accrued expenses ($399, $577 and $728 was due to a related party at December 31, 2004, 2005 and March 31, 2006, respectively)		2,167			6,187			3,638			3,638
	Short-term portion of equipment loan payable		667			667			667			667
	Deferred revenues		631			793			904			904

Total current liabilities			4,464			9,469			8,083			8,083
Equipment loan payable, less current portion			1,333			666			500			500
Commitments and contingencies
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $.0001 par value; 13,103 shares authorized, 11,549 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2004, 2005 and March 31, 2006 (aggregate liquidation preference of $66,985 at December 31, 2004, 2005 and March 31, 2006), zero pro-forma shares outstanding			33,459			33,493			33,493			—
Series 1 convertible preferred stock, $.0001 par value; 2,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2004, 2005 and March 31, 2006 (aggregate liquidation preference of $12,000 at December 31, 2004, 2005 and March 31, 2006), zero pro-forma shares outstanding			1,444			1,444			1,444			—
Stockholders’ (deficiency)/equity:
	Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 30,000 shares authorized, 10,503, 10,518 and 10,742 shares issued; 10,407, 10,422 and 10,646 outstanding at December 31, 2004, 2005 and March 31, 2006; 24,195 pro-forma shares outstanding		1			1			1			2
	Treasury stock, at cost (96 shares at December 31, 2004, 2005 and March 31, 2006)		(19	)		(19	)		(19	)		(19	)
	Additional paid-in capital		869			1,661			2,070			37,006
	Deferred stock-based compensation		—			(702	)		—			—
	Stock subscription notes from stockholders		(536	)		—			—			—
	Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(111	)		(114	)		(99	)		(99	)
	Accumulated deficit		(18,120	)		(5,691	)		(4,162	)		(4,162	)

Total stockholders’ (deficiency)/equity			(17,916	)		(4,864	)		(2,209	)		32,728

Total liabilities and stockholders’ (deficiency)/equity		$	22,784		$	40,208		$	41,311		$	41,311

See accompanying notes.

F-3

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005 and the

Three Months Ended March 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006

(in thousands, except per share data)


												Three Months Ended
			Year Ended December 31,									March 31,

			2003			2004			2005			2005			2006

												Unaudited			Unaudited

Net revenues			$	16,550		$	27,191		$	54,218		$	11,350		$	15,724
Costs and expenses:
	Cost of services ($9, $2,610, $8,089, $1,532 and $2,136 were purchased from a related party during 2003, 2004, 2005 and in the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively)*			7,655			17,688			30,205			6,281			8,763
	Research and development			3,160			3,324			5,689			1,047			1,685
	Selling, general and administrative ($0, $0, $120, $0 and $78 were related to stock-based compensation during 2003, 2004, 2005 and in the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively)			4,053			4,340			7,544			1,796			2,010
	Depreciation and amortization			2,919			2,127			2,305			510			719

Total costs and expenses				17,787			27,479			45,743			9,634			13,177

(Loss) income from operations				(1,237	)		(288	)		8,475			1,716			2,547
	Interest and other income			321			320			258			10			100
	Interest expense			(128	)		(39	)		(133	)		(34	)		(29	)

(Loss) income before income tax benefit				(1,044	)		(7	)		8,600			1,692			2,618
	Income tax benefit (expense)			—			—			3,829			—			(1,089	)

Net (loss) income				(1,044	)		(7	)		12,429			1,692			1,529
	Preferred stock accretion			(35	)		(35	)		(34	)		(8	)		—

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders:			$	(1,079	)	$	(42	)	$	12,395		$	1,684		$	1,529

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per common share:
		Basic	$	(0.11	)	$	(0.00	)	$	0.57		$	0.08		$	0.07

		Diluted	$	(0.11	)	$	(0.00	)	$	0.50		$	0.07		$	0.06

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
		Basic		9,838			10,244			21,916			21,823			22,053

		Diluted		9,838			10,244			24,921			24,437			24,956

		Pro forma net income							$	12,429					$	1,529

		Pro forma net income per share:
		Basic							$	0.52					$	0.06

		Diluted							$	0.50					$	0.06

		Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding:
		Basic								23,916						24,053

		Diluted								24,921						24,956


*	Cost of services excludes depreciation and amortization which is shown separately.

See accompanying notes.

F-4

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIENCY

Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005 and the

Three Months Ended March 31, 2006

(in thousands)


																Stock						Accumulated
			Common Stock				Treasury Stock						Additional			Subscription			Deferred Stock			Other						Total
													Paid-In			Notes from			Based			Comprehensive			Accumulated			Stockholders’
			Shares		Amount		Shares			Amount			Capital			Stockholders			Compensation			Loss			Deficit			Deficiency

Balance December 31, 2002				10,501	$	1		(96	)	$	(19	)	$	939		$	(602	)	$	—		$	—		$	(17,069	)	$	(16,750	)
	Interest on notes			—		—		—			—			—			(28	)		—			—			—			(28	)
	Accretion of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock			—		—		—			—			(35	)		—			—			—			—			(35	)
	Employee’s repayment of notes			—		—		—			—			—			74			—			—			—			74
	Net loss			—		—		—			—			—			—			—			—			(1,044	)		(1,044	)

Balance December 31, 2003				10,501		1		(96	)		(19	)		904			(556	)		—			—			(18,113	)		(17,783	)
	Interest on notes			—		—		—			—						(30	)											(30	)
	Accretion of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock			—		—		—			—			(35	)		—			—			—			—			(35	)
	Employee’s repayment of notes			—		—		—			—			—			50			—			—			—			50
	Issuance of common stock on exercise of employee options			2		—		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—
	Comprehensive loss:																												—
		Net loss		—		—		—			—			—			—			—			—			(7	)		(7	)
		Unrealized loss on investments in marketable securities		—		—		—			—			—			—			—			(111	)					(111	)

	Total comprehensive loss			—		—		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			(118	)

Balance December 31, 2004				10,503		1		(96	)		(19	)		869			(536	)		—			(111	)		(18,120	)		(17,916	)
	Interest on notes			—		—		—			—						(9	)		—			—			—			(9	)
	Deferred stock-based compensation			—		—		—			—			847			—			(847	)		—			—			—
	Amortization of deferred compensation			—		—		—			—						—			120			—			—			120
	Reversal of deferred compensation due to employee termination			—		—		—			—			(25	)		—			25			—			—			—
	Accretion of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock			—		—		—			—			(34	)		—			—			—			—			(34	)
	Employee’s repayment of notes and interest			—		—		—			—						545			—			—			—			545
	Issuance of common stock on exercise of employee options			15		—		—			—			4			—			—			—			—			4
	Comprehensive income:					—		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—
		Net income		—		—		—			—			—			—			—			—			12,429			12,429
		Unrealized loss on investments in marketable securities		—		—		—			—			—			—			—			(3	)		—			(3	)

	Net total comprehensive income			—		—		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			12,426

Balance December 31, 2005				10,518		1		(96	)		(19	)		1,661			—			(702	)		(114	)		(5,691	)		(4,864	)
	Stock based compensation			—		—		—			—			78			—			—			—			—			78
	Reversal of deferred compensation in accordance with SFAS 123(R)			—		—		—			—			(702	)		—			702			—			—			—
	Issuance of common stock			111		—		—			—			1,000			—			—			—			—			1,000
	Issuance of common stock on exercise of employee options			113		—		—			—			33			—			—			—			—			33
	Comprehensive income:			—		—		—			—			—			—			—			—			—
		Net income		—		—		—			—			—			—			—			—			1,529			1,529
		Unrealized loss on investments in marketable securities		—		—		—			—			—			—			—			15						15

Net total comprehensive income				—		—		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			1,544

Balance March 31, 2006 (unaudited)				10,742	$	1		(96	)	$	(19	)	$	2,070		$	—		$	—		$	(99	)	$	(4,162	)	$	(2,209	)

See accompanying notes.

F-5

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005 and the

Three Months Ended March 31, 2005 and 2006

(in thousands)


			Year Ended December 31,									March 31,

			2003			2004			2005			2005			2006

												Unaudited

Operating activities:
Net (loss) income			$	(1,044	)	$	(7	)	$	12,429		$	1,692		$	1,529
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
	Depreciation and amortization expense			2,919			2,127			2,305			510			719
	Stock based compensation			—			—			—			—			78
	Deferred income taxes			—			—			(4,644	)		—			743
	Provision for (reversal of) doubtful accounts			137			(123	)		21			112			39
	Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation			—			—			120			—			—
	Non-cash interest expense			47			—			—			—			—
	Non-cash interest income			(28	)		(30	)		—			—			—
	Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
		Accounts receivable		(4,658	)		(1,790	)		(5,868	)		(3,236	)		(2,185	)
		Prepaid expenses and other current assets		(333	)		(239	)		(490	)		44			(26	)
		Other assets		21			(109	)		(853	)		—			(531	)
		Accounts payable		1,237			(579	)		823			(565	)		1,052
		Accrued expenses		988			(253	)		3,842			892			(2,700	)
		Due to a related party		9			399			178			182			151
		Amounts due from stockholder		1,075			—			—			—			—
		Deferred revenues		(427	)		(1,044	)		162			54			111

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities				(57	)		(1,648	)		8,025			(315	)		(1,020	)
Investing activities:
Purchases of fixed assets				(2,419	)		(3,282	)		(2,414	)		(95	)		(1,429	)
Employees’ repayment of notes				75			50			545			33			—
Purchases of marketable securities available for sale				(778	)		—			(2,959	)		—			(820	)
Sale of marketable securities available for sale				2,961			1,396			2,848			—			909

Net cash used in by investing activities				(161	)		(1,836	)		(1,980	)		(62	)		(1,340	)
Financing activities:
Proceeds from equipment loan				—			2,000			—			—			—
Proceeds from issuance of common stock				—			—			4			—			1,033
Repayments of equipment loan				(663	)		(42	)		(667	)		(167	)		(166	)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities				(663	)		1,958			(663	)		(167	)		867

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents				(881	)		(1,526	)		5,382			(544	)		(1,493	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year				5,811			4,930			3,404			3,404			8,786

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period			$	4,930		$	3,404		$	8,786		$	2,860		$	7,293

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
Cash paid for interest			$	81		$	39		$	133		$	34		$	29

Cash paid for income taxes			$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	917

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock			$	35		$	35		$	34		$	8		$	—

See accompanying notes.

F-6

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005 and

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 (unaudited)

(in thousands, except per share data)


1.	Description of Business

Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. (the Company, or Synchronoss) is a leading provider of e-commerce transaction management solutions to the communications services marketplace based on its penetration into key providers of communications services. The Company conducts its business operations primarily in the United States of America, with some aspects of its operations being outsourced to entities located in India and Canada. The Company’s proprietary on-demand software platform enables communications service providers, or CSPs, to take, manage and provision orders and other customer-oriented transactions and perform related critical service tasks. The Company targets complex and high-growth industry segments including wireless, Voice over Internet Protocol, or VoIP, wireline and other markets. By simplifying technological complexities through the automation and integration of disparate systems, the Company enables CSPs to acquire, retain and service customers quickly, reliably and cost-effectively.


2.	Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

The financial statements as of March 31, 2006 and for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 have been prepared by the Company without an audit. All disclosures as of March 31, 2006, and for the three month period ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 presented in the notes to the financial statements are unaudited. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (which include only normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary to present fairly the financial condition and results of operations and cash flows as of March 31, 2006 and for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 have been made. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2006 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year ended December 31, 2006.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data as of March 31, 2006, reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series A and Series 1 convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 13,549 shares of common stock upon completion of the Company’s initial public offering.

Unaudited pro forma net income per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, including the pro forma effects of the automatic conversion of all outstanding Series A and Series 1 convertible preferred stock into shares of the Company’s common stock effective upon the assumed closing of the Company’s proposed initial public offering, as if such conversion had occurred on January 1, 2005.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-7

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(in thousands, except per share data)

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

The Company provides services principally on a transaction fee basis or, at times, on a fixed fee basis and recognizes the revenues as the services are performed or delivered as described below:

Transaction service arrangements: Transaction service revenues consists of revenues derived from the processing of transactions through the Company’s service platform and represents approximately 47%, 63% and 83% of net revenues during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, transaction service revenue represents approximately 76% and 87%, respectively, of net revenues. Transaction service arrangements include services such as equipment orders, new account setup, number port requests, credit checks and inventory management.

Transaction revenues are principally based on a contractual price per transaction and revenues are recognized based on the number of transactions processed during each reporting period. For these arrangements, revenues are recorded based on the total number of transactions processed at the applicable price established in the relevant contract. The total amount of revenues recognized is based primarily on the volume of transactions. At times, transaction revenues may also include billings to customers that reimburse the Company based on the number of individuals dedicated to processing transactions. The Company records revenues based on the applicable hourly rate per employee for each reporting period.

Some of the Company’s contracts have guaranteed minimum volume transactions from its customers. In these instances, if the customers’ total transaction volume for the period is less than the contractual amount, the Company records revenues at the minimum guaranteed amount.

Set-up fees for transactional service arrangements are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the contract since these amounts would not have been paid by the customer without the related transactional service arrangement. The amount of set-up fees amortized in revenues during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005 and for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 were $661, $650, $363, $125 and $69, respectively. Deferred revenues principally represent set-up fees.

Subscription Service Arrangements: Subscription service arrangements which are generally based upon fixed fees, represent approximately 27%, 17%, 6%, 9% and 2% of the Company’s net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005 and for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively, and relate principally to the Company’s enterprise portal management services. The Company records revenues on a straight line basis over the life of the contract for its subscription service contracts.

Professional Service and Other Service Arrangements: Professional services and other services arrangements represent approximately 26%, 20%, 11%, 15% and 11% of the Company’s net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005 and for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Professional services include process and workflow consulting services and development services. Professional services, when sold with transactional service arrangements, are accounted for separately when these services have value to the customer on a standalone basis and there is objective and reliable evidence of fair value of each deliverable.

F-8

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(in thousands, except per share data)

When accounted for separately, professional service (i.e. consulting services) revenues are recognized on a monthly basis, as services are performed and billed, according to the terms of the contract.

In addition, in determining whether professional services can be accounted for separately from transaction service revenues, the Company considers the following factors for each professional services agreement: availability of the consulting services from other vendors, whether objective and reliable evidence of fair value exists for these services and the undelivered transaction service revenue, the nature of the consulting services, the timing of when the consulting contract was signed in comparison to the transaction service start date, and the contractual dependence of the transactional service on the customer’s satisfaction with the consulting work.

If a professional service arrangement does not qualify for separate accounting, the Company would recognize the professional service revenues ratably over the remaining term of the transaction contract. For the three months ended March 31, 2006, and for the three years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, all professional services have been accounted for separately.

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities and accounts receivable. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents in bank accounts, which, at times, exceed federally insured limits. The Company invests in high-quality financial instruments, primarily certificates of deposits and United States bonds. The Company has not recognized any losses in such accounts. The Company believes it is not exposed to significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents. Concentration of credit risks with respect to accounts receivable are limited because of the creditworthiness of the Company’s major customers.

One customer accounted for 41%, 82%, 80%, 89% and 71% of revenues in 2003, 2004, 2005 and for the three month period ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. One customer accounted for 65%, 92%, 76%, 91% and 70% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005 and March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

SFAS No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, requires disclosures of fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. Due to their short-term nature, the carrying amounts reported in the financial statements approximate the fair value for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses. As of December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005 and March 31, 2006, the Company believes the carrying amount of its equipment loan approximates its fair value since the interest rate of the equipment loan approximates a market rate. The fair value of the Company’s convertible preferred stock is not practicable to determine, as no quoted market price exists for the convertible preferred stock nor have there been any recent transactions in the Company’s convertible preferred stock. The convertible preferred stock will be converted into common stock of the Company upon consummation of a qualified initial public offering.

F-9

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(in thousands, except per share data)

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition, to be cash equivalents.

Investments in Marketable Securities

Marketable securities consist of fixed income investments with a maturity of greater than three months and other highly liquid investments that can be readily purchased or sold using established markets. In accordance with SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, these investments are classified as available-for-sale and are reported at fair value on the Company’s balance sheet. The Company classifies its securities with maturity dates of twelve months or more as long term. Unrealized holding gains and losses are reported within accumulated other comprehensive income as a separate component of stockholders’ deficiency. Unrealized holding gains and losses were not material in 2003. If a decline in the fair value of a marketable security below the Company’s cost basis is determined to be other than temporary, such marketable security is written down to its estimated fair value as a new cost basis and the amount of the write-down is included in earnings as an impairment charge. No other than temporary impairment charges have been recorded in any of the years presented herein.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable consist of amounts due to the company from normal business activities. The Company maintains an allowance for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The Company estimates uncollectible amounts based upon historical bad debts, current customer receivable balances, age of customer receivable balances, the customer’s financial condition and current economic trends.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from 3 to 5 years, or the lesser of the related initial term of the lease or useful life for leasehold improvements.

Expenditures for routine maintenance and repairs are charged against operations. Major replacements, improvements and additions are capitalized in accordance with Company policy.

Deferred Offering Costs

Costs directly attributable to the Company’s offering of its equity securities have been deferred and capitalized as part of Other Assets. These costs will be charged against the proceeds of the offering once completed. The total amount deferred as of December 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006 was approximately $850 and $1,381, respectively.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, a review of long-lived assets for impairment is performed when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable. If an indication of impairment is present, the Company compares the estimated undiscounted future cash flows to be generated by the asset to its carrying amount. If the undiscounted future cash flows are less than

F-10

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(in thousands, except per share data)

the carrying amount of the asset, the Company records an impairment loss equal to the excess of the asset’s carrying amount over its fair value. The fair value is determined based on valuation techniques such as a comparison to fair values of similar assets or using a discounted cash flow analysis. There were no impairment charges recognized during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005 and for the three months ended March 31, 2006.

Cost of Services

Cost of Services includes all direct materials, direct labor and those indirect costs related to revenues such as indirect labor, materials and supplies and facilities cost, exclusive of depreciation expense.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development expense consists primarily of costs related to personnel, including salaries and other personnel-related expenses, consulting fees and the cost of facilities, computer and support services used in service technology development. The Company also expense costs relating to developing modifications and enhancements of our existing technology and services.

Advertising

The Company expenses advertising as incurred. Advertising expenses were $2, $1, $40, $5 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005 and for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 (“SFAS No. 109”), Accounting for Income Taxes. Under SFAS No. 109, the liability method is used in accounting for income taxes. Under this method deferred income tax liabilities and assets are determined based on the difference between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax basis of assets and liabilities and for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards, using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded if it is “more likely than not” that a portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Comprehensive Loss

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income, requires components of other comprehensive loss, including unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, to be included as part of total comprehensive loss. The components of comprehensive loss are included in the statements of changes in stockholders’ deficiency.

Basic and Diluted Net (Loss) Income Attributable to Common Stockholders per

Common Share

The Company calculates net income (loss) per share in accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share. The Company has determined that its Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock represents a participating security. Because the Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock participates equally with common stock in dividends and unallocated income, the

F-11

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(in thousands, except per share data)

Company calculated basic earnings per share when the Company reports net income using the if-converted method, which in the Company’s circumstances is equivalent to the two class approach required by EITF 03-6 Participating Securities and the Two-Class Method under FASB Statement No. 128. Net losses are not allocated to the Series A Redeemable Convertible Series A Preferred Stockholders. The Series I convertible preferred stock, stock options and warrants are not considered for diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 as their effect is anti-dilutive for such periods.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in computing basic and diluted net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders per common share and pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders per common share.


												Three Months
												Ended
			Year Ended December 31,									March 31,

			2003			2004			2005			2005			2006

												(Unaudited)
Historical
Numerator:
Net (loss) income			$	(1,044	)	$	(7	)	$	12,429		$	1,692		$	1,529
Accretion of convertible preferred stock				(35	)		(35	)		(34	)		(8	)		—

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders			$	(1,079	)	$	(42	)	$	12,395		$	1,684			1,529

Denominator:
	Weighted average common shares outstanding			9,838			10,244			10,367			10,274			10,504
	Assumed conversion of Series A Redeemable convertible preferred stock			—			—			11,549			11,549			11,549

	Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic			9,838			10,244			21,916			21,823			22,053
	Dilutive effect of:
		Unvested restricted shares		—			—			46			133			16
		Stock options and warrants for the purchase of common stock		—			—			959			481			887
		Conversion of Series 1 convertible preferred stock into common stock		—			—			2,000			2,000			2,000

	Weighted average common shares outstanding — diluted			9,838			10,244			24,921			24,437			24,956

Pro forma
Numerator:
Net income									$	12,429					$	1,529

Denominator:
	Historical weighted average common shares outstanding — basic									21,916						22,053
	Assumed conversion of preferred stock into common stock									2,000						2,000

	Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding — basic									23,916						24,053
	Dilutive effect of:
		Unvested restricted shares								46						16
		Stock options and warrants for the purchase of common stock								959						887

	Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding — diluted									24,921						24,956

F-12

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(in thousands, except per share data)

Stock Based Compensation

At December 31, 2005, the Company had one stock-based employee compensation plan, which is described more fully in Note 8. Prior to December 31, 2005, the Company accounted for this plan under the recognition and measurement provisions of APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related Interpretations, as permitted by FASB Statement No. 123, (“SFAS 123”), Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. Stock-based employee compensation cost was recognized in the Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, to the extent the options granted under the plan had an exercise price that was less than the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS Statement No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, (“SFAS 123(R)”) using the prospective method. Under that transition method, compensation cost is recognized for all share-based payments granted subsequent to January 1, 2006 and is based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R). Results for prior periods have not been restated. As a result of adopting SFAS 123(R) on January 1, 2006, the Company’s net income is $0.08 million less than if it had it continued to account for share-based compensation under Opinion 25.

Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Company presented its unamortized portion of deferred compensation cost for nonvested stock options in the statement of changes in shareholders deficiency with a corresponding credit to additional paid-in capital. Upon the adoption of SFAS 123(R), these amounts were offset against each other as SFAS 123(R) prohibits the “gross-up” of stockholders equity. Under SFAS 123(R), an equity instrument is not considered to be issued until the instrument vests. As a result, compensation cost is recognized over the requisite service period with an offsetting credit to additional paid-in capital.

F-13

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(in thousands, except per share data)

The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if the Company had applied the provisions of SFAS 123 to options granted under the company’s stock option plans for all periods presented prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R). For purposes of this pro forma disclosure, the value of the options is estimated using a minimum value option-pricing formula and amortized to expense over the options’ vesting periods.


		Year Ended									Three Months
		December 31,									Ended
											March 31,
		2003			2004			2005			2005

											(Unaudited)
Numerator:
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders, as reported		$	(1,079	)	$	(42	)	$	12,395		$	1,684
Add non-cash employee compensation and preferred stock accretion as reported			—			—			155			8
Less total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the minimum value method for all awards			(4	)		(7	)		(139	)		(4	)

Pro forma net (loss) income		$	(1,083	)	$	(49	)	$	12,411		$	1,688

Net income (loss) per common share:
Basic:
	As reported	$	(0.11	)	$	—		$	0.57		$	0.08

	Pro forma	$	(0.11	)	$	—		$	0.57		$	0.08

Diluted:
	As reported	$	(0.11	)	$	—		$	0.50		$	0.07

	Pro forma	$	(0.11	)	$	—		$	0.50		$	0.07

Upon adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Company selected the Black-Scholes option pricing model as the most appropriate model for determining the estimated fair value for stock-based awards. The fair value of stock option awards subsequent to December 31, 2005 is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally the vesting period. Use of a valuation model requires management to make certain assumptions with respect to selected model inputs. Expected volatility was calculated based on a blended weighted average of historical information of the Company’s stock and the weighted average of historical information of similar public entities for which historical information was available. The Company will continue to use a weighted average approach using its own historical volatility and other similar public entity volatility information until historical volatility of the Company is relevant to measure expected volatility for future option grants. The average expected life was determined according to the SEC shortcut approach as described in SAB 107, Disclosure about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, which is the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life assumed at the date of grant. Forfeitures are estimated based on voluntary termination behavior, as

F-14

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(in thousands, except per share data)

well as an historical analysis of actual option forfeitures. The weighted-average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model are as follows:


	Three Months
	Ended
	March 31, 2006

	(Unaudited)
Incentive Stock Options (ISOs)
Expected stock price volatility		42	%
Risk free interest rate		4.875	%
Expected life of options (years)		6.25
Expected annual dividend per share	$	—


Non-Qualified Stock Options (NSOs)
Expected stock price volatility		42	%
Risk free interest rate		4.875	%
Expected life of options (years)		6
Expected annual dividend per share	$	—

The weighted-average grant date fair values options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2006 is $4.40 and $4.31 per share for ISOs and NSOs, respectively.

During the three months ended March 31, 2006, the Company recorded pretax compensation expense of $78 ($46, net of tax, or ($0.001) per diluted share) related to the expensing of the Company’s incentive stock options (“ISOs”) and nonqualified stock options (“NSOs”) during the quarter. Beginning in 2006, in certain cases, the Company grants members of the board and certain employees NSOs in addition to ISOs. The total compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock and stock option awards not yet recognized as of March 31, 2006, was approximately $197 for the incentive stock options and approximately $297 for the nonqualified stock options, respectively. The ISOs are expected to be recognized over 4 years and the NSOs are expected to be recognized over 3 years.

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2003, the FASB, issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity (SFAS No. 150). SFAS No. 150 requires that an issuer classify certain financial instruments as a liability because they embody an obligation of the issuer. The remaining provisions of SFAS No. 150 revise the definition of a liability to encompass certain obligations that a reporting entity can or must settle by issuing its own equity shares, depending on the nature of the relationship established between the holder and the issuer. The provisions of this statement require that any financial instruments that are mandatorily redeemable

F-15

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(in thousands, except per share data)

on a fixed or determinable date or upon an event certain to occur be classified as liabilities. Since the Company’s convertible preferred stock may be converted into common stock at the option of the stockholder, it is not classified as a liability under the provisions of SFAS No. 150.

Segment Information

The Company currently operates in one business segment providing critical technology services to the communications industry. The Company is not organized by market and is managed and operated as one business. A single management team reports to the chief operating decision maker who comprehensively manages the entire business. The Company does not operate any material separate lines of business or separate business entities with respect to its services. Accordingly, the Company does not accumulate discrete financial information with respect to separate service lines and does not have separately reportable segments as defined by SFAS No. 131, Disclosure About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information.


3.	Investments in Marketable Securities

The following is a summary of available for sale securities held by the Company:


			Gross		Gross
			Unrealized		Unrealized			Fair
	Cost		Gains		Losses			Value

March 31, 2006 (Unaudited)
Certificates of deposit	$	3,231	$	—	$	(53	)	$	3,178
Government bonds		4,010		—		(46	)		3,964

	$	7,241	$	—	$	(99	)	$	7,142

December 31, 2005
Certificates of deposit	$	3,416	$	—	$	(60	)	$	3,356
Government bonds		3,914		—		(54	)		3,860

	$	7,330	$	—	$	(114	)	$	7,216

December 31, 2004
Certificates of deposit	$	3,916	$	—	$	(77	)	$	3,839
Government bonds		3,312		—		(34	)		3,278

	$	7,228	$	—	$	(111	)	$	7,117


3.	Investments in Marketable Securities (continued)

The Company’s available for sale investments have the following maturities at:


	December 31,				March 31,

	2004		2005		2006

					(unaudited)
Due in one year or less	$	1,193	$	4,152	$	4,972
Due after one year, less than five years		5,924		3,064		2,170

	$	7,117	$	7,216	$	7,142

F-16

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(in thousands, except per share data)

Unrealized gains and losses are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ deficiency. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005 and the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, realized losses were $9, $17, $39, $0 and $2, respectively. The cost of securities sold is based on specific identification method.

Unrealized loss positions for which other than temporary impairments have not been recognized at December 31, 2004 and 2005 and as of March 31, 2006, are summarized as follows:


	December 31,				March 31,

	2004		2005		2006

					(unaudited)
Less than 12 months	$	34	$	66	$	69
Greater than 12 months		77		48		30

	$	111	$	114	$	99

Unrealized gains and losses were not material in 2003. Unrealized losses in the Company’s portfolio relate primarily to fixed income debt securities. For these securities, the unrealized losses are due to increases in interest rates and not changes in credit risk. The Company has concluded that the unrealized losses in its marketable securities are not other-than-temporary as the Company has the ability to hold the securities to maturity or a planned forecasted recovery.


4.	Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following:


	December 31,						March 31,

	2004			2005			2006

							(unaudited)
Computer hardware	$	6,888		$	7,928		$	9,152
Computer software		6,070			5,882			5,956
Furniture and fixtures		481			498			499
Leasehold improvements		750			904			976

		14,189			15,212			16,583
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(10,091	)		(11,005	)		(11,666	)

	$	4,098		$	4,207		$	4,917


5.	Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following:


	December 31,				March 31,

	2004		2005		2006

					(unaudited)
Accrued compensation and benefits	$	926	$	2,635	$	583
Accrued other		1,241		2,737		2,802
Income tax payable		—		815		253

	$	2,167	$	6,187	$	3,638

F-17

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(in thousands, except per share data)


6.	Financing Arrangements

On October 6, 2004, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “Agreement”) with a bank which expires on December 1, 2007. The Agreement includes a Revolving Promissory Note for up to $2,000 and an Equipment Term Note for up to $3,000. This replaced a previous loan which was fully paid in 2004.

Availability under the Agreement for the Revolving Promissory Note is based on defined percentages of eligible accounts receivable. Borrowings on the revolving credit agreement bear interest at the prime rate plus 1.25% (6.5% and 8.5% at December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, and 9% at March 31, 2006) payable monthly. Interest only on the unpaid principal amount is due and payable monthly in arrears, commencing January 1, 2005 and continuing on the first day of each calendar month thereafter until maturity, at which point all unpaid principal and interest related to the revolving advances will be payable in full. There were no draws against the Revolving Promissory Note as of December 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006.

As of December 31, 2004, 2005 and March 31, 2006, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $2,000, $1,333 and $1,167, respectively, against the Equipment Term Note to fund purchases of eligible equipment. Borrowings on the equipment line bear interest at the prime rate plus 1.75% (7% and 9% at December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, and 9.5% at March 31, 2006) and principal and interest is payable monthly.

The Company paid a facility fee and certain other bank fees in connection with the financing arrangement. The agreement requires the Company to meet certain financial covenants. The Company was in compliance with the covenants at December 31, 2004, 2005 and March 31, 2006. Borrowings are collateralized by all of the assets of the Company.

Principal payments due on the outstanding Equipment Term Note at March 31, 2006 are as follows:


2006		667
2007		500

	$	1,167


7.	Capital Structure

As of December 31, 2004, 2005 and March 31, 2006, the Company’s authorized capital stock was 45,103 shares of stock with a par value of $0.0001 of which 30,000 shares were designated Common Stock and 15,103 shares were designated Preferred Stock (Series A and Series 1).

Common Stock

Each holder of Common Stock is entitled to vote on all matters and is entitled to one vote for each share held. Dividends on Common Stock will be paid when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends have ever been declared or paid by the Company. At December 31, 2004, 2005 and March 31, 2006, there were 13,549 shares of Common Stock reserved for the conversion of the Series 1 and Series A Preferred Stock and 4,483 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the 2000 Stock Plan.

F-18

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(in thousands, except per share data)

Preferred Stock

Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Company designated 2,000 shares as Series 1 Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series 1”) and 13,103 as Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A”) as of December 31, 2004, 2005 and March 31, 2006. The Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and the Series 1 Convertible Preferred Stock are automatically convertible into common stock on a one-for-one basis in the event of an underwritten public offering (or a combination of offerings) of common stock with gross proceeds to the Company of not less than $20 million (Qualified IPO) and a per share price of at least $8.70.

Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The holders of Series A have the right, at their option, at any time, to convert their shares into fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the conversion price of $2.90 per share, adjusted for events as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation (as amended and restated). The holders of Series A are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which the Series A could then be converted. In the event the Company declares or pays dividends to the holders of the Common Stock, the holders of Series A are entitled to such dividends, based on the number of shares of Common Stock into which the Series A could then be converted. Upon any liquidation, sale, merger, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of Series A are entitled to receive, in preference to Series 1, Common Stock and any other series of Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $5.80 per share, plus any accrued or declared but unpaid dividends with any remaining assets being distributed ratably to the holders of Series 1 and Common Stock.

The holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock had the right to require the Company to redeem all shares of the Series A Preferred Stock at the initial purchase price plus any declared but unpaid dividends in three equal installments beginning on the date which is five years after the first issuance of shares of Series A Preferred Stock (November 13, 2005). The redemption right was exercisable by the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock by providing written notice to the Company at least 30 days prior to November 13, 2005. Notice of exercise was not provided to the Company at least 30 days prior to November 13, 2005, resulting in termination of the redemption right as of October 14, 2005 (the date 30 days prior to November 13, 2005). The Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock continues to be classified in the “mezzanine” section of the Balance Sheet as the security has certain change in control provisions that warrant such a classification.

The carrying value of the Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock was increased by periodic accretions so that the carrying amount was equal to the redemption amount at the redemption date. These increases were effected through charges to additional paid-in capital. At December 31, 2005, the Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock amount was fully accreted to its redemption value of $33.5 million.

Series 1 Convertible Preferred Stock

The holders of Series 1 have the right, at their option, at any time, to convert their shares into fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock by dividing the liquidation preference ($12 million) by the conversion price of $6.00 per share, adjusted for events as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation (as amended and restated). The holders of Series 1 are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which the Series 1 could then be converted. The Series 1 holders are not entitled to dividends. Upon any liquidation, sale, merger, dissolution or winding up of

F-19

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(in thousands, except per share data)

the Corporation, the holders of Series 1 are entitled to receive, in preference to Common Stock, an amount equal to $6.00 per share, plus any accrued or declared but unpaid dividends, with any remaining assets being distributed ratably to the holders of Common Stock.

The Series 1 Convertible Preferred Stock is classified in the “mezzanine” section of the balance sheet because the security has certain change in control provisions that warrant such a classification. However, the Series 1 Convertible Preferred Stock is not being accreted because as of December 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006; it is not probable that a change in control would require a payment to the Series 1 shareholder.

Warrants

Prior to 2003, the Company issued Series A Preferred Stock warrants to a bank as part of a loan and security agreement. The Company has 95 of these warrant shares outstanding for each of the years ended 2003, 2004, 2005 and for the three months ended March 31, 2006. The warrants have an exercise price of $2.90 per share (adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, etc.). The value of the warrants was capitalized as debt issuance cost and amortized to interest expense over the term of the loans. The total charge to interest expense was not material for the periods presented herein. The warrants may be exercised at any time, in whole or in part, during the exercise period, which expires on May 20, 2008. No warrants were issued or exercised in 2003, 2004 and 2005 or during the three months ended March 31, 2006. The warrants will automatically become exercisable for shares of common stock upon the closing of a qualified public offering.

Registration Rights

Holders of 11,549 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and holders of warrants for the purchase of 95 shares of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to have their shares registered under the Securities Act. Under the terms of an agreement between the Company and the holders of these registrable securities, if the Company proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act, either for its own account or for the account of others, these stockholders are entitled to notice of such registration and are entitled to include their shares in such registration.


8.	Stock Plan

On October 27, 2000, the Board of Directors approved the Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan (the “Stock Plan”) to provide employees, outside directors and consultants an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company or to increase such interest, by receiving options or purchasing shares of the Company’s stock at a price not less than the fair market value at the date of grant for “incentive” stock options and a price not less than 30% of the fair market value at the date of grant for “non-qualified” options. No option will have a term in excess of 10 years. The Company has reserved up to 4,483 shares for issuance under the Stock Plan.

The Stock Plan is administered by the Board and is responsible for determining the individuals to be granted options or shares, the number each individual will receive, the price per share, and the exercise period of each option. In establishing its estimates of fair value of our common stock, the Company considered the guidance set forth in the AICPA Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, and performed a retrospective determination of the fair value of its common stock for the year ended December 31, 2005, utilizing a combination of valuation methods.

F-20

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(in thousands, except per share data)

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS 123(R), which requires compensation costs related to share-based transactions, including employee share options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on fair value. SFAS 123(R) revises SFAS No. 123, as amended, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” and supersedes Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB No. 25”).

On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 123(R) using the prospective method. Under SFAS 123(R), the Company elected to recognize the compensation cost of all share-based awards on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award. Benefits of tax deductions (if any) in excess of recognized compensation expense are now reported as a financing cash flow, rather than an operating cash flow as prescribed under the prior accounting rules. Compensation expense of $120 was recognized in 2005 before adoption of SFAS 123(R) for options issued with grant prices below the deemed fair value of the common stock in accordance with APB 25.

Stock Options

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding.


					Options Outstanding

								Option		Weighted-		Aggregate
		Shares			Number			Price Per		Average		Intrinsic
		Available			of			Share		Exercise		Value
		for Grant			Shares			Range		Price		($000)

Balance at December 31, 2002			1,792			285		$	0.29	$	0.29	$	—
	Options granted		(278	)		278			0.29		0.29		—
	Options exercised		—			—			0.29		0.29		—
	Options forfeited		155			(155	)		—		0.29		—

Balance at December 31, 2003			1,669			408			0.29		0.29		—
	Options granted		(562	)		562			0.29		0.29		—
	Options exercised		—			(1	)		0.29		0.29		—
	Options forfeited		179			(179	)		—		0.29		—

Balance at December 31, 2004			1,286			790			0.29		—		—
	Options granted		(425	)		425			0.45 - 10.00		3.15		850
	Options exercised		—			(16	)		0.29		0.29		—
	Options forfeited		120			(120	)		0.29 - 10.00		0.30		—

Balance at December 31, 2005			981			1,079			0.29 - 10.00		1.40		850
	Options granted		(204	)		204			8.98		8.98		—
	Options exercised		—			(113	)		0.29		0.29		—
	Options forfeited		16			(16	)		029 - 0.45		0.29		—
	Restricted stock purchased from the 2000 Stock Plan		(111	)		—			8.98		8.98

Balance at March 31, 2006			682			1,154		$	0.29 - 8.98	$	2.86	$	8.50

Expected to vest at March 31, 2006						1,070

Exercisable at December 31, 2003						88

Exercisable at December 31, 2004						178

Exercisable at December 31, 2005						377

Exercisable at March 31, 2006						345

F-21

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(in thousands, except per share data)

A summary of the Company’s nonvested options at March 31, 2006, and changes during the three months ended March 31, 2006, is presented below:


Nonvested Options	Options

Nonvested at January 1, 2006		966
Granted		204
Vested		(345	)
Forfeited		(16	)

Nonvested at March 31, 2006		809

As of March 31, 2006, there was $1.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Plan. Of the $1.1 million unrecognized compensation, approximately $651 is related to 2005 stock option grants and approximately $494 is related to 2006 stock option grants. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.24 and 3.37 for 2005 and 2006, respectively.

As of December 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006, the average remaining contractual life of outstanding options was approximately 8.4 and 8.5 years, respectively. The weighted-average fair value of options granted during 2003, 2004 and 2005 was approximately $0.07, $0.07 and $5.11, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, was $0, $0 and $850, respectively, and $0 and $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006. The fair value of the options granted, based upon the Black-Scholes calculation was $4.40 per share for ISOs and $4.31 per share for NSOs for the three months ended Mach 31, 2006.

Options may be exercised in whole or in part for 100% of the shares subject to vesting at any time after the date of grant. Options generally vest 25% on the first year anniversary date of grant plus an additional 1/48 for each month thereafter. If an option is exercised prior to vesting, the underlying shares are subject to a right of repurchase at the exercise price paid by the option holder. The right of repurchase shall lapse with respect to the first 25% of the purchased shares when the purchaser completes 12 months of continuous service and shall lapse an additional 1/48 of the purchased shares when the purchaser completes each month of continuous service thereafter. There were no options exercised prior to vesting during 2003, 2004 and 2005 and for the three months ended March 31, 2006.

The Company performed a retrospective determination of the fair value of the Company’s common stock for the year ended December 31, 2005 and granted stock options with exercise prices as follows:


					Retrospective
	Number of				Determination of
Grant Date	Options Granted		Exercise Price		Fair Value		Intrinsic Value

April 12, 2005		207	$	0.45	$	1.84	$	1.39
July 14, 2005		98	$	0.45	$	6.19	$	5.74
October 21, 2005		120	$	10.00	$	7.85		—

The Company recorded approximately $847 in gross deferred compensation expense and recognized compensation expense of approximately $120 during the year ended December 31, 2005 in connection with these stock grants. The Company reversed deferred compensation of approximately $25 related to employee terminations during the year ended December 31, 2005.

F-22

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(in thousands, except per share data)

During the three months ended March 31, 2006, the Company granted stock options with exercise prices as follows:


					Fair Value of		Black-Scholes
Grant Date	Options Granted		Exercise Price		Underlying Stock		Fair Value

February 10, 2006		104	$	8.98	$	8.98	$	4.40
February 10, 2006		100	$	8.98	$	8.98	$	4.31

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at March 31, 2006:


					Weighted-Average
					Remaining
			Options		Contractual Life
Exercise Price	Options Outstanding		Vested		(in years)

$0.29		552		296		7.65
$0.45		279		49		8.99
$8.98		204		—		9.79
$10.00		119		—		9.48

		1,154		345

Restricted Stock Purchases

Under the Stock Plan, certain eligible individuals may be given the opportunity to purchase the Company’s Common Stock at a price not less than the par value of the shares. The Board of Directors determines the purchase price at its sole discretion. The purchase price paid for restricted stock awards granted to date has been equal to the fair market value at the date of grant. Shares awarded or sold under the Stock Plan are subject to certain special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine. Under most circumstances, the right of repurchase shall lapse with respect to the first 25% of the purchased shares when the purchaser completes 12 months of continuous service and shall lapse an additional 1/48 of the purchased shares when the purchaser completes each month of continuous service thereafter. Unless otherwise provided in the stock purchase agreement, any right to repurchase the shares at the original purchase price upon termination of the purchaser’s service shall lapse with respect to the number of shares that would vest over a twelve-month period or shall lapse to all remaining shares if the Company is subject to a change of control before the purchaser’s service terminates or if the purchaser is subject to an involuntary termination within 12 months following a change of control. No restricted shares were purchased or granted during 2004 and 2005. In March 2006, 111 shares of restricted stock were purchased by a board member. The purchase price of these shares was $8.98 per share. The shares are not subject to any vesting schedule. As of December 31, 2004, 2005 and for the three months ended March 31, 2006, approximately $47 (162 shares), $13 (45 shares), and $5 (16 shares), respectively, of restricted stock is unvested and subject to repurchase rights.

Stock Subscription Notes

As permitted under the Stock Plan, the purchasers of restricted stock signed full recourse promissory notes for the value of their shares at the date of grant and interest rates range from 5.5% to 6.3%. The notes were collateralized by a first-priority interest in all of the shares and the purchaser is personally liable for full payment of the principal and interest, with the Company having

F-23

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(in thousands, except per share data)

full recourse against the borrower’s personal assets. At December 31, 2004, notes and accrued interest receivable of $536 remain outstanding and was classified in stockholders’ deficiency. As of December 31, 2005, all loans were fully repaid and there are no further loans outstanding.

9. 401(k) Plan

The Company has a 401(k) plan (the “Plan”) covering all eligible employees. The Plan allows for a discretionary employer match. The Company incurred and expensed $54, $38, $71, 21 and $26 for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005 and for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively, in 401(k) contributions during the year.


10.	Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax asset are as follows:


			December 31,								March 31,

			2003			2004			2005		2006

											(unaudited)
Deferred tax assets:
	Current deferred tax assets
		Accrued vacation	$	25		$	25		$	35	$	35
		Accrued miscellaneous		—			—			101		—
		Bad debts reserve		144			80			89		89
		Net operating loss carryforwards		—			—			3,799		3,429

				169			105			4,024		3,553
Non-current deferred tax assets:
	Net operating loss carryforwards			6,646			6,612			—		—
	Depreciation and amortization			458			437			356		261
	Deferred compensation			—			—			49		86
	Charitable contributions			12			21			51		—
	AMT credit carryover			—			—			164		1

Total gross deferred tax assets				7,285			7,175			4,644		3,901
Valuation allowance				(7,285	)		(7,175	)		—		—

Net deferred income taxes			$	—		$	—		$	4,644	$	3,901

The Company records a valuation allowance for temporary differences for which it is more likely than not that the Company will not receive future tax benefits. At December 31, 2003 and 2004, the Company recorded valuation allowances of $7,285, and $7,175, respectively, representing a change in the valuation allowance of $110 for the two previous fiscal year-ends. Due to the uncertainty regarding the realization of such deferred tax assets, to offset the benefits of net operating losses generated during those years. However, during 2005 for the three months ended March 31, 2006, the Company generated taxable income and expects and to continue to generate taxable income for the foreseeable future. As such, during the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that it will realize its future tax benefits and reduced the valuation allowance to zero.

At December 31, 2005 and for the three months ended March 31, 2006, the Company has approximately $8,400 and $8,318 of Federal and $14,500 and $12,500 of state net operating loss carry forwards available to offset future taxable income, respectively. The federal and state net operating loss carry forwards will begin expiring in 2021 and 2011, respectively, if not utilized. In

F-24

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(in thousands, except per share data)

addition, the utilization of the state net operating loss carry forwards is subject to a $2,000 annual limitation. The Company has determined that substantially all of its net operating losses are available for future use since it has not had a “change in ownership”, as defined by the Tax Reform Act of 1986, since 2000. The Company believes that it is possible that a change in ownership could occur if the Company completes its initial public offering as a result of the issuance of new shares of Common Stock in the initial public offering. If such a change in ownership occurs, its ability to use the net operating loss carry forwards may be limited.

A reconciliation of the statutory tax rates and the effective tax rates for the three years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005 and for the three months ended March 31, 2006 are as follows:


										Three
										Months
	Year Ended									Ended
	December 31,									March 31,

	2003			2004			2005			2005			2006

										Unaudited
Statutory rate		34	%		34	%		34	%		34	%		35	%
State taxes, net of federal benefit		0	%		0	%		5	%		5	%		6	%
Permanent adjustments		(1	)%		(631	)%		0	%		0	%		0	%
Valuation allowance		(33	)%		597	%		(84	)%		(39	)%		0	%

Net		—			0	%		(45	)%		0	%		41	%

Income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following components:


									Three
									Months
									Ended
		Year Ended December 31,							March 31,

		2003		2004		2005			2005		2006

									Unaudited
Current:
	Federal	$	—	$	—	$	164		$	—	$	145
	State		—		—		651			—		201
Deferred:
	Federal		—		—		(3,579	)		—		710
	State		—		—		(1,065	)		—		33

Income tax benefit		$	—	$	—	$	(3,829	)	$	—	$	1,089

F-25

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(in thousands, except per share data)


11.	Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The Company leases office space, automobiles and office equipment under noncancelable operating lease agreements, which expire through March 2012. Aggregate annual future minimum lease payments under these noncancelable leases are as follows at March 31, 2006:


Period ended March 31:
	2006	$	1,021
	2007		1,373
	2008		1,102
	2009		902
	2010		529
	2011 and thereafter		661

		$	5,588

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005 and for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2006 was $619, $873, $1,353, $318 and $357, respectively.


12.	Related Parties

Omniglobe International, L.L.C.

Omniglobe International, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company with operations in India, provides data entry services relating to the Company’s exception handling management. The Company pays Omniglobe an hourly rate for each hour worked by each of its data entry agents. For these services, the Company has paid Omniglobe $0, $2,211 and $8,089 in 2003, 2004 and 2005 and $1,532 and $2,136 for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. At December 31, 2004, 2005 and at March 31, 2006, amounts due to Omniglobe were $399, $577, and $728, respectively.

As of December 31, 2005, the Company had agreements with Omniglobe. One of the Company’s agreements with Omniglobe provides for minimum levels of staffing at a specific price level resulting in an overall minimum commitment of $350 over the next six months, of which $175 has been recognized as expense during the three months ended March 31, 2006. Services provided include data entry and related services as well as development and testing services. The current agreements may be terminated by either party without cause with 30 or 60 days written notice prior to the end of the term. Unless terminated, the agreement will automatically renew in six month increments. As of March 31, 2006 the Company does not intend to terminate its arrangements with Omniglobe.

F-26

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(in thousands, except per share data)

On March 12, 2004, certain of the Company’s executive officers and their family members acquired indirect equity interests in Omniglobe by purchasing an ownership interest in Rumson Hitters, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, as follows:


					Purchase
					Price of
					Interest in
	Position with	Equity Interest			Rumson
Name	Synchronoss	in Omniglobe			Hitters, L.L.C.

Stephen G. Waldis	Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer		12.23	%	$	95,000
Lawrence R. Irving	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer		2.58	%	$	20,000
David E. Berry	Vice President and Chief Technology Officer		2.58	%	$	20,000
Robert Garcia	Executive Vice President of Product Management and Service Delivery		1.29	%	$	10,000

Since the date that the Company’s officers and their family members acquired their interests in Rumson Hitters, Omniglobe has paid an aggregate of $1.3 million in distributions to all of its interest holders, including, Rumson Hitters. In turn, Rumson Hitters has paid an aggregate of $0.7 million in distributions to its interest holders, including $153,655 in distributions to Stephen G. Waldis and his family members, $32,348 in distributions to Lawrence R. Irving, $32,348 in distributions to David E. Berry and his family members and $16,174 in distributions to Robert Garcia.

Synchronoss considered making an investment in Omniglobe but elected not to pursue the opportunity based on the recommendation of the Company’s independent directors. Only after Synchronoss declined to pursue the opportunity did members of the Company’s management team make their investments. None of the members of the management team devotes time to the management of Omniglobe.

Upon completion of the Company’s initial public offering, Rumson Hitters will repurchase, at the original purchase price, the equity interests in Rumson Hitters held by each of the Company’s employees and their family members, such that no employee of the Company or family member of such employee will have any interest in Rumson Hitters or Omniglobe after this offering. Neither the Company nor any of its employees will provide any of the funds to be used by Rumson Hitters in repurchasing such equity interests.

Vertek Corporation

Vertek Corporation, a New Jersey corporation with principal offices in New Jersey and Vermont, is a solutions provider to the communications services industry and at March 31, 2006 is 100% owned by one of the Company’s directors, James McCormick.

For various consulting services, the Company paid Vertek $9, $399, $0, $0 and $0 in 2003, 2004, 2005 and for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. At December 31, 2004 and 2005 and March 31, 2006, there were no amounts due to or from Vertek.

F-27

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(in thousands, except per share data)


13.	Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

In April 2006, the Company’s board of directors initiated an exchange offer to certain employees who received options with an exercise price less than the fair market value the opportunity to exchange their options for new options with exercise prices equal to fair value at the time of grant. In addition, these employees would also receive a number of shares of restricted common stock having a value (as of April 2006) equal to the amount by which the aggregate exercise price of the new stock options exceeded the aggregate exercise price of the exchanged stock options. The Company is currently evaluating and recalculating the incremental compensation expense associated with this modification. The incremental cost associated with the exchange offer will reduce earnings in the future; however, the amount has not been finalized.


14.	Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)


	Quarter Ended

	March 31			June 30			September 30		December 31

	(In thousands, except per share data)
2004
Net Revenues	$	5,819		$	6,265		$	6,381	$	8,726
Gross Profit		2,051			1,952			2,240		3,260
Net (loss) income		(320	)		(204	)		119		398
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders		(329	)		(212	)		110		389
Basic net (loss) income per common share(1)		(0.02	)		(0.01	)		0.01		0.02
Diluted net income per common share(1)		(0.01	)		(0.01	)		—		0.02
2005
Net Revenues	$	11,350		$	13,776		$	14,115	$	14,977
Gross Profit		5,069			5,829			6,139		6,976
Net income		1,692			2,127			2,209		6,401	⁽²⁾
Net income attributable to common stockholders		1,684			2,119			2,198		6,393
Basic net (loss) income per common share(1)		0.08			0.10			0.10		0.29
Diluted net income per common share(1)		0.07			0.09			0.09		0.26


(1)	Per common share amounts for the quarters and full years have been calculated separately. Accordingly, quarterly amounts do not add to the annual amount because of differences in the weighted-average common shares outstanding during each period principally due to the effect of the Company’s issuing shares of its common stock during the year.


(2)	Includes the impact of a reduction of the Company’s deferred tax valuation allowance of $4.6 million.

F-28

No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in the prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of the date.

TABLE OF CONTENTS


	Page

Prospectus Summary		4
Risk Factors		11
Forward-Looking Statements		23
Use of Proceeds		25
Dividend Policy		25
Capitalization		26
Dilution		27
Selected Financial Data		28
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		31
Business		48
Management		64
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions		76
Principal and Selling Stockholders		79
Description of Capital Stock		82
Shares Eligible for Future Sale		85
Underwriting		88
Industry and Market Data		92
Legal Matters		92
Experts		92
Where You Can Find More Information		92
Index to Financial Statements		F-1

Through and including , 2006 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

Synchronoss

Technologies, Inc.

Common Stock

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Deutsche Bank Securities

Thomas Weisel Partners LLC

PART II

Information Not Required in Prospectus


Item 13.	*Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution*

The following table presents the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee and the NASD filing fees.


SEC Registration fee		$	10,829
NASD fee			*
Nasdaq National Market listing fee			*
Printing and engraving expenses			*
Legal fees and expenses			*
Accounting fees and expenses			*
Blue sky fees and expenses			*
Custodian and transfer agent fees			*
Miscellaneous fees and expenses			*

	Total	$	*

* To be provided by subsequent amendment.


Item 14.	*Indemnification of Directors and Officers*

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award or a corporation’s board of directors to grant indemnification to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under limited circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Article VI, Section 6.1 of our bylaws provides for mandatory indemnification of our directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, under Delaware law, our directors and officers shall not be liable for monetary damages for breach of the officers’ or directors’ fiduciary duty as officers or directors to our stockholders and us. This provision in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not eliminate the directors’ or officers’ fiduciary duty, and in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies like injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief will remain available under Delaware law. In addition, each director or officer will continue to be subject to liability for breach of the director’s or officer’s duty of loyalty to us, for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, for actions leading to improper personal benefit to the director or officer, and for payment of dividends or approval of stock repurchases or redemptions that are unlawful under Delaware law. This provision also does not affect a director’s or officer’s responsibilities under any other law, such as the federal securities laws or state or federal environmental laws. We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers, a form of which is attached as Exhibit 10.1 and incorporated by reference. The indemnification agreements provide our directors and officers with further indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Reference is made to Section 8 of the underwriting agreement contained in Exhibit 1.1 to this prospectus, indemnifying our directors and officers against limited liabilities. In addition, Section 1.7 of the Registration Rights Agreement contained in Exhibits 4.5 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of certain of our stockholders against liabilities described in the Registration Rights Agreement.

II-1


Item 15.	*Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities*

In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

1. We granted direct issuances or stock options to purchase 1,407,465 shares of our common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.29 to $10.00 per share to employees, consultants, directors and other service providers under our 2000 Stock Plan. We did not grant any direct issuances or stock options outside of the 2000 Plan.

2. We issued and sold an aggregate of shares of our common stock to employees, consultants, and other service providers for aggregate consideration of approximately $ under direct issuances or exercises of options granted under our 2000 Stock Plan. We did not issue or sell any shares of our common stock to employees, consultants, and other service providers outside of the 2000 Stock Plan.

3. The sale of the above securities was deemed to be exempt from registration under Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions under compensation benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of securities in each transaction represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us.


Item 16.	*Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules*


(a)	*Exhibits*


Exhibit
No.			Description

	1	.1	Form of Underwriting Agreement.
	3	.1#	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
	3	.2	Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon closing.
	3	.3#	Bylaws of the Registrant.
	3	.4	Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant to be effective upon closing.
	4	.1	Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4.
	4	.2*	Form of Registrant’s Common Stock certificate.
	4	.3#	Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement, dated December 22, 2000, by and among the Registrant, certain stockholders and the investors listed on the signature pages thereto.
	4	.4#	Amendment No. 1 to Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement, dated April 27, 2001, by and among the Registrant, certain stockholders and the investors listed on the signature pages thereto.
	4	.5#	Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 13, 2000, by and among the Registrant and the investors listed on the signature pages thereto.
	4	.6#	Amendment No. 1 to Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 21, 2001, by and among the Registrant, certain stockholders listed on the signature pages thereto and Silicon Valley Bank.
	5	.1*	Opinion of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP.
	10	.1	Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
	10	.2†#	Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
	10	.3†	Amendment No. 1 to Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan.
	10	.4	2006 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.

II-2


Exhibit
No.			Description

	10	.5#	Lease Agreement between the Registrant and BTCT Associates, L.L.C. for the premises located at 750 Route 202 South, Bridgewater, New Jersey, dated as of May 11, 2004.
	10	.6#	Lease Agreement between the Registrant and Liberty Property Limited Partnership for the premises located at 1525 Valley Center Parkway, Bethlehem, Pennsylvania, dated as of February 14, 2002.
	10	.7#	Lease Agreement between the Registrant and Apple Tree LLC for the premises located at 8201 164th Avenue NE, Redmond, Washington, dated as of November 28, 2005.
	10	.8#	Warrants to Purchase Series A Preferred Stock of the Registrant issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of May 21, 2001 and June 26, 2002.
	10	.9#	Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of May 21, 2001.
	10	.10‡$	Cingular Master Services Agreement, effective September 1, 2005 by and between the Registrant and Cingular Wireless LLC.
	10	.11*†	Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Stephen G. Waldis.
	10	.12*†	Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Lawrence R. Irving.
	10	.13*†	Employment Agreement between the Registrant and David E. Berry.
	10	.14*†	Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Robert Garcia.
	23	.1	Consent of Ernst & Young, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
	23	.2*	Consent of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1).
	24	.1#	Power of Attorney (included on signature page to the Registration Statement filed on February 28, 2004).


†		Compensation Arrangement.

*		To be filed by amendment.

‡		Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this document. The omitted portions of this document have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

#		Previously filed as an exhibit to this Registration Statement filed February 28, 2004.


$		Previously filed as an exhibit to this Registration Statement filed April 14, 2006.


(b)	*Financial Statement Schedules*

The following financial supplement schedule is filed as part of this Registration Statement:

Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

All other schedules have been omitted as they are not required, not applicable, or the required information is otherwise included.

Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts


	Balance								Balance at
	Beginning of		Charged to						End of
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts	Year		Expense			Write-Offs			Year

	(in thousands)
December 31, 2003	$	220	$	137		$	—		$	357
December 31, 2004	$	357	$	(123	)	$	(34	)	$	200
December 31, 2005	$	200	$	21		$	—		$	221


Note:	Additions to the allowance for doubtful accounts are charged to expenses.

II-3


Item 17.	*Undertakings*

We undertake to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in the denominations and registered in the names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, the underwriting agreement, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against these liabilities, other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of ours in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding, is asserted by a director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered in this offering, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether this indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of this issue.

We undertake that:


	(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by us under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

	(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered, and the offering of these securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering.

II-4

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Bridgewater, State of New Jersey, on this 9th day of May, 2006.


	SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.


	By:	/s/ Stephen G. Waldis


	Stephen G. Waldis
	Chairman of the Board of Directors,
	President and Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:


Signature	Title	Date


/s/ Stephen G. Waldis Stephen G. Waldis	Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer	May 9, 2006

/s/ Lawrence R. Irving Lawrence R. Irving	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	May 9, 2006

* William Cadogan	Director	May 9, 2006

* Thomas J. Hopkins	Director	May 9, 2006

* James McCormick	Director	May 9, 2006

* Scott Yaphe	Director	May 9, 2006

By: /s/ Stephen G. Waldis Stephen G. Waldis Attorney-in-Fact

II-5

INDEX TO EXHIBITS


Exhibit
No.			Description

	1	.1	Form of Underwriting Agreement.
	3	.1#	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
	3	.2	Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon closing.
	3	.3#	Bylaws of the Registrant.
	3	.4	Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant to be effective upon closing.
	4	.1	Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4.
	4	.2*	Form of Registrant’s Common Stock certificate.
	4	.3#	Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement, dated December 22, 2000, by and among the Registrant, certain stockholders and the investors listed on the signature pages thereto.
	4	.4#	Amendment No. 1 to Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement, dated April 27, 2001, by and among the Registrant, certain stockholders and the investors listed on the signature pages thereto.
	4	.5#	Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 13, 2000, by and among the Registrant and the investors listed on the signature pages thereto.
	4	.6#	Amendment No. 1 to Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 21, 2001, by and among the Registrant, certain stockholders listed on the signature pages thereto and Silicon Valley Bank.
	5	.1*	Opinion of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP.
	10	.1	Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
	10	.2†#	Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
	10	.3†	Amendment No. 1 to Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan.
	10	.4	2006 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
	10	.5#	Lease Agreement between the Registrant and BTCT Associates, L.L.C. for the premises located at 750 Route 202 South, Bridgewater, New Jersey, dated as of May 11, 2004.
	10	.6#	Lease Agreement between the Registrant and Liberty Property Limited Partnership for the premises located at 1525 Valley Center Parkway, Bethlehem, Pennsylvania, dated as of February 14, 2002.
	10	.7#	Lease Agreement between the Registrant and Apple Tree LLC for the premises located at 8201 164th Avenue NE, Redmond, Washington, dated as of November 28, 2005.
	10	.8#	Warrants to Purchase Series A Preferred Stock of the Registrant issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of May 21, 2001 and June 26, 2002.
	10	.9#	Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of May 21, 2001.
	10	.10‡$	Cingular Master Services Agreement, effective September 1, 2005 by and between the Registrant and Cingular Wireless LLC.
	10	.11*†	Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Stephen G. Waldis.
	10	.12*†	Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Lawrence R. Irving.
	10	.13*†	Employment Agreement between the Registrant and David E. Berry.
	10	.14*†	Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Robert Garcia.
	23	.1	Consent of Ernst & Young, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
	23	.2*	Consent of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1).
	24	.1#	Power of Attorney (included on signature page to the Registration Statement filed on February 28, 2004).


†		Compensation Arrangement.

II-6



*		To be filed by amendment.



‡		Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this document. The omitted portions of this document have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.



#		Previously filed as an exhibit to this Registration Statement filed February 28, 2004.



$		Previously filed as an exhibit to this Registration Statement filed April 14, 2006.

II-7

EXHIBIT 1.1 SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. COMMON STOCK UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT ....................., 2006 Goldman, Sachs & Co. Deutsche Bank Securities Thomas Weisel Partners LLC As representatives of the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto, c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co., 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004 Ladies and Gentlemen: Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the "Underwriters") an aggregate of . . . . . . .shares and, at the election of the Underwriters, up to . . . . . .. additional shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share ("Stock"), of the Company, the stockholders of the Company named in Schedule II hereto (the "Selling Stockholders") propose, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to sell to the Underwriters an aggregate of . . . . . . shares of Stock and, at the election of the Underwriters, the Selling Stockholder with shares of Stock listed under the third column on Schedule II (the "Included Selling Stockholder") proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to sell to the Underwriters up to an aggregate of . . . . . . . additional shares of Stock. The aggregate of . . . . . . shares to be sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholders is herein called the "Firm Shares" and the aggregate of . . .. . . additional shares to be sold by the Company and the Included Selling Stockholders is herein called the "Optional Shares". The Firm Shares and the Optional Shares that the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof are herein collectively called the "Shares". 1. (a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that: (i) A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-....) (the "Initial Registration Statement") in respect of the Shares has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to you, and, excluding exhibits thereto, to you for each of the other Underwriters, have been declared effective by the

Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering (a "Rule 462(b) Registration Statement"), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has heretofore been filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the Company's knowledge after due inquiry, threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Act is hereinafter called a "Preliminary Prospectus"; the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the "Registration Statement"; the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Shares that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 1(iii) hereof) is hereinafter called the "Pricing Prospectus"; and such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the "Prospectus"; and any "issuer free writing prospectus" as defined in Rule 433 under the Act relating to the Shares is hereinafter called an "Issuer Free Writing Prospectus"); (ii) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein or by a Selling Stockholder expressly for use in the preparation of the answers therein to Items 7 and 11(m) of Form S-1; (iii)For the purposes of this Agreement, the "Applicable Time" is ___:___ __m (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement. The Pricing Prospectus, as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Schedule III(a) hereto does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus and each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as supplemented by -2-

and taken together with the Pricing Prospectus as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein; (iv) The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to each part of the Registration Statement and as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein or by a Selling Stockholder expressly for use in the preparation of the answers therein to Items 7 and 11(l) of Form S-1; (v) The Company has not sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus, there has not been any change in the capital stock (other than as a result of the exercise of stock options or the award of stock options in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company's stock plans that are described in the Pricing Prospectus) or long-term debt of the Company or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders' equity or results of operations of the Company, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus; (vi) The Company has good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Pricing Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company are held under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company; (vii)The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority (corporate and -3-

other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus, and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, or is subject to no material liability or disability by reason of the failure to be so qualified in any such jurisdiction. The Company does not have any direct or indirect subsidiaries. (viii) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and conform to the description of the Stock contained in the Pricing Prospectus and Prospectus; the holders of outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are not entitled to preemptive or other rights to acquire the Shares which have not been complied with; there are no outstanding securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or warrants, rights or options to purchase from the Company, or obligations of the Company to issue, the Stock or any other class of capital stock of the Company, except as disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus and except as a result of the grant or exercise of stock options or the award of stock options granted in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company's stock plans that are described in the Pricing Prospectus; there are no restrictions on subsequent transfers of the Shares under the laws of the United States; and except as disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus, no party has the right to require the Company to register any securities; (ix) The unissued Shares to be issued and sold by the Company to the Underwriters hereunder have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable and will conform to the description of the Stock contained in the Prospectus; (x) The issue and sale of the Shares to be sold by the Company and the compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company is subject, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company or any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the issue and sale of the Shares or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except the registration under the Act of the Shares and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities, Blue Sky laws or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. of the underwriting terms and arrangements in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters; -4-

(xi) The Company is not in violation of its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or in default in the performance or observance of any material obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound; (xii)The statements set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and Prospectus under the caption "Description of Capital Stock", insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Stock, and under the caption "Underwriting", insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair; (xiii) Other than as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company is a party or of which any property of the Company is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the current or future financial position, stockholders' equity or results of operations of the Company; and, to the best of the Company's knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others; (xiv)The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof, will not be an "investment company", as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment Company Act"); (xv) At the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement, the Company was not and is not an "ineligible issuer," as defined under Rule 405 under the Act; (xvi)To the Company's knowledge (after reasonable inquiry), Ernst & Young, LLP, who have certified the financial statements of the Company, are independent public accountants as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder; (xvi) The Company maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and has been designed by the Company's principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting; (xvii) Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Prospectus, there has been no change in the Company's internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting; (xviii) The Company has implemented disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the -5-

Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company is made known to the Company's principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; the Company has no reason to believe that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, such disclosure controls and procedures will not be effective. (xix) The Company owns or has the right to use all trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, domain names, information, proprietary rights and processes ("Intellectual Property") necessary for its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus and, to the Company's knowledge, necessary in connection with the products and services under development, without any conflict with or infringement of the interests of others, except for such conflicts or infringements which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and are not reasonably likely to result in, a material adverse effect, and have taken all reasonable steps necessary to secure interests in such Intellectual Property and have taken all reasonable steps necessary to secure assignment of such Intellectual Property from its employees and contractors; the Company has no knowledge of any infringement by any third party of the trademark, trade name, copyright, license, trade secret, know-how, intellectual property or other similar rights of the Company; the Company is not aware of outstanding options, licenses or agreements of any kind relating to the Intellectual Property of the Company which are required to be set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, and, the Company is neither a party to nor bound by any options, licenses or agreements with respect to the Intellectual Property of any other person or entity which are required to be set forth in the Pricing Prospectus; none of the technology employed by the Company has been obtained or is being used by the Company in violation of any contractual fiduciary obligation binding on the Company or any of its directors or executive officers or, to the Company's knowledge, any of its employees or otherwise in violation of the rights of any persons; the Company has not received any written or, to the Company's knowledge, oral communications alleging that the Company has violated, infringed or conflicted with, or, by conducting its business as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, would violate, infringe or conflict with any of the Intellectual Property of any other person or entity other than any such violations, infringements or conflicts which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had, and are not reasonably likely to result in a material adverse effect; and the Company has taken and will maintain reasonable measures to prevent the unauthorized dissemination or publication of their confidential information and, to the extent contractually required to do so, the confidential information of third parties in their possession; (xx) The financial statements and schedules of the Company, and the related notes thereto, included in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company as of the respective dates of such financial statements and schedules, and the results of operations and cash flows of the Company for the respective periods covered thereby; such statements, schedules and related notes have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis as certified by the independent public accountants named in paragraph (xiv) above; no other financial statements or schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement; and the selected financial data set forth in the Pricing Prospectus under the captions -6-

"Summary Financial Data," "Capitalization" and "Selected Financial Data" fairly present in all material respects the information set forth therein on the basis stated in the Registration Statement; (xxi) The Company maintains insurance of the types and in the amounts generally deemed adequate for its business, including, but not limited to, insurance covering real and personal property owned and leased by the company against theft, damage, destruction, acts of vandalism and all other risks customarily insured against in the Company's reasonable judgment, all of which insurance is in full force and effect; and (xxii) There are no contracts, other documents or other agreements required to be described in the Registration Statement or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement by the Act or by the rules and regulations thereunder which have not been described or filed as required. (b) Each of the Selling Stockholders severally represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters and the Company that: (i) All consents, approvals, authorizations and orders necessary for the execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of this Agreement and the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement hereinafter referred to, and for the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, have been obtained; and such Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the Power-of-Attorney and the Custody Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder; (ii) The sale of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and the compliance by such Selling Stockholder with all of the provisions of this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the property or assets of such Selling Stockholder is subject, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of such Selling Stockholder if such Selling Stockholder is a corporation, the Partnership Agreement of such Selling Stockholder if such Selling Stockholder is a partnership or any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or the property of such Selling Stockholder; (iii)Such Selling Stockholder has, and immediately prior to such Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) such Selling Stockholder will have, good and valid title to the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims; and, upon delivery of such Shares and payment therefor pursuant hereto, good and valid title to such Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, will pass to the several Underwriters; -7-

(iv) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, not to offer, sell contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, except as provided hereunder, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Shares, including but not limited to any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities (other than pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date of this Agreement), without your prior written consent; provided, however, that if (1) during the last 17 days of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or announces material news or a material event or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial Lock-Up period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the initial Lock-Up Period, then in each case the Lock-Up Period will be automatically extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless Goldman, Sachs & Co. waives, in writing, such extension; such Selling Stockholder hereby acknowledges that the Company has agreed herein to provide written notice of any event that would result in an extension of the Lock-Up Period pursuant to the previous sentence to such Selling Stockholder (in accordance with Section 13 herein) and agrees that any such notice properly delivered will be deemed to have been given to, and received by, the Selling Stockholder. Such Selling Stockholder hereby further agrees that, prior to engaging in any transaction or taking any other action that is subject to the terms of this provision during the period from the date hereof to and including the 34th day following the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, it will give notice thereof to the Company and will not consummate such transaction or take any such action unless it has received written confirmation from the Company that the Lock-Up Period (as such may have been extended pursuant to the previous paragraph) has expired. Compliance with the foregoing sentence shall not be required unless the Company has filed a Form 8-K disclosing an extension of the original Lock-Up Period. (v) Such Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares; (vi) To the extent that any statements or omissions of material fact made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto are made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information about such Selling Stockholder furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder expressly for use therein, such Preliminary Prospectus, Pricing Prospectus and the Registration Statement did, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, when they become effective or are filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided that the representations -8-

and warranties set forth in this Section 1(b)(vi) are limited to any such statement or omission, it being understood and agreed that the only information furnished by such Selling Stockholder consists of the information contained in the Selling Stockholder's questionnaire or other written document provided by such Selling Stockholder to the Company for purposes of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto. (vii)In order to document the Underwriters' compliance with the reporting and withholding provisions of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 with respect to the transactions herein contemplated, such Selling Stockholder will deliver to you prior to or at such Time of Delivery (as hereinafter defined) a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-9 (or other applicable form or statement specified by Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof); (viii) Certificates in negotiable form representing all of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder have been placed in custody under a Custody Agreement, in the form heretofore furnished to you (the "Custody Agreement"), duly executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder to American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as custodian (the "Custodian"), and such Selling Stockholder has duly executed and delivered a Power of Attorney, in the form heretofore furnished to you (the "Power of Attorney"), appointing the persons indicated in Schedule II hereto, and each of them, as such Selling Stockholder's attorneys-in-fact (the "Attorneys-in-Fact") with authority to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of such Selling Stockholder, to determine the purchase price to be paid by the Underwriters to the Selling Stockholders as provided in Section 2 hereof, to authorize the delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and otherwise to act on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Custody Agreement; and (ix) The Shares represented by the certificates held in custody for such Selling Stockholder under the Custody Agreement are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder; the arrangements made by such Selling Stockholder for such custody, and the appointment by such Selling Stockholder of the Attorneys-in-Fact by the Power of Attorney, are to that extent irrevocable; the obligations of the Selling Stockholders hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the death or incapacity of any individual Selling Stockholder or, in the case of an estate or trust, by the death or incapacity of any executor or trustee or the termination of such estate or trust, or in the case of a partnership or corporation, by the dissolution of such partnership or corporation, or by the occurrence of any other event; if any individual Selling Stockholder or any such executor or trustee should die or become incapacitated, or if any such estate or trust should be terminated, or if any such partnership or corporation should be dissolved, or if any other such event should occur, before the delivery of the Shares hereunder, certificates representing the Shares shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholders in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the Custody Agreements; and actions taken by the Attorneys-in-Fact pursuant to the Powers of Attorney shall be as valid as if such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution or other event -9-

had not occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodian, the Attorneys-in-Fact, or any of them, shall have received notice of such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution or other event. 2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders, at a purchase price per share of $.............., the number of Firm Shares (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying the aggregate number of Shares to be sold by the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by all of the Underwriters from the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders hereunder and (b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Shares as provided below, the Company and the Included Selling Stockholder agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and the Included Selling Stockholder, at the purchase price per share set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2, that portion of the number of Optional Shares as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Optional Shares by a fraction the numerator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder. The Company and the Included Selling Stockholder, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule II hereto, hereby grant, severally and not jointly, to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to ................... Optional Shares, at the purchase price per share set forth in the paragraph above, for the sole purpose of covering sales of shares in excess of the number of Firm Shares, provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares shall be made in proportion to the maximum number of Optional Shares to be sold by the Company and the Included Selling Stockholder as set forth in Schedule II hereto initially with respect to the Optional Shares to be sold by the Included Selling Stockholder and then the Company. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice from you to the Company, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement and setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as determined by you but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) or, unless you and the Company and the Attorneys-in-Fact otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice. 3. Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Firm Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus. -10-

4. (a) The Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in definitive form, and in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as Goldman, Sachs & Co. may request upon at least forty-eight hours' prior notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholders to Goldman, Sachs & Co., through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the account specified by the Company and the Custodian, as their interests may appear, to Goldman, Sachs & Co. at least forty-eight hours in advance. The Company will cause the certificates representing the Shares to be made available for checking and packaging at least twenty-four hours prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined below) with respect thereto at the office of DTC or its designated custodian (the "Designated Office"). The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York time, on ............., 2006 or such other time and date as Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the Company may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York time, on the date specified by Goldman, Sachs & Co. in the written notice given by Goldman, Sachs & Co. of the Underwriters' election to purchase such Optional Shares, or such other time and date as Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the Company may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the "First Time of Delivery", such time and date for delivery of the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the "Second Time of Delivery", and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a "Time of Delivery". (b) The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 8 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Shares and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8(k) hereof will be delivered at the offices of Ropes & Gray LLP, One International Place, Boston, Massachusetts (the "Closing Location"), and the Shares will be delivered at the Designated Office, all at such Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at .......p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Section 4, "New York Business Day" shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close. 5. The Company agrees with each of the Underwriters: (a) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by you and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the Commission's close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus which shall be disapproved by you promptly after reasonable notice thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed and to furnish you with copies thereof; to promptly file all material required to be filed by -11-

the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus in respect of the Shares, of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus or suspending any such qualification, promptly to use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order; (b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may reasonably request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares, provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction; (c) Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with written and electronic copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as you may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares and if at such time any events shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such same period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify you and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many written and electronic copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance, and in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) in connection with sales of any of the Shares at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon your request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many written and electronic copies as you may request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act; (d) To make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than sixteen months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as -12-

defined in Rule 158(c) under the Act), an earnings statement of the Company complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158); (e) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the initial "Lock-Up Period"), not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of, except as provided hereunder, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Shares, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase shares or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities, whether now or hereinafter acquired (other than pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date of this Agreement), without your prior written consent; provided, however, that if (1) during the last 17 days of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or announces material news or a material event or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial Lock-Up period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the initial Lock-Up Period, then in each case the Lock-Up Period will be automatically extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless Goldman, Sachs & Co. waives, in writing, such extension; the Company will provide the representatives and any co-managers and each stockholder subject to the Lock-Up Period pursuant to the lockup letters described in Section 1(b)(iv) and 8(j) with prior notice of any such announcement that gives rise to an extension of the Lock-up Period; (f) To furnish to its stockholders as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows of the Company certified by independent public accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the Registration Statement), to make available to its stockholders summary financial information of the Company for such quarter in reasonable detail; (g) During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, to furnish or make available to you copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders, and to deliver to you (i) as soon as they are available, copies of any current, periodic or annual reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed, other than those reports and financial statements that are publicly available through the Commission's Electronic Data and Gathering Analysis Retrieval System; and (ii) such additional non-confidential information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company as you may from time to time reasonably request (such financial statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company are consolidated in reports -13-

furnished to its stockholders generally or to the Commission), provided that the Company may satisfy the requirements of this paragraph by posting any such information on its website; (h) To use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the Pricing Prospectus under the caption "Use of Proceeds"; (i) To use its best efforts to list for quotation the Shares on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations National Market System ("NASDAQ"); (j) To file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or (k) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 111(b) under the Act; and (l) Upon request of any Underwriter, to furnish, or cause to be furnished, to such Underwriter an electronic version of the Company's trademarks, servicemarks and corporate logo for use on the website, if any, operated by such Underwriter for the purpose of facilitating the on-line offering of the Shares (the "License"); provided, however, that the License shall be used solely for the purpose described above, is granted without any fee and may not be assigned or transferred. 6. (a)The Company represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a "free writing prospectus" as defined in Rule 405 under the Act; each Underwriter represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and Goldman, Sachs & Co., it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus; any such free writing prospectus the use of which has been consented to by the Company and Goldman, Sachs & Co. is listed on Schedule II(a) hereto; (b)The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending; and the Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions under Rule 433 under the Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show; (c) The Company agrees that if at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus any event occurred or occurs as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, the Company will give prompt notice thereof to Goldman, Sachs & Co. and, if requested by Goldman, Sachs & Co., will prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or other document which will correct such conflict, statement or omission; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions -14-

in an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein. 7. The Company and each of the Selling Stockholders covenant and agree with one another and with the several Underwriters that (a) the Company and such Selling Stockholder will pay or cause to be paid a pro rata share (based on the number of Shares to be sold by the Company and such Selling Stockholder hereunder) of the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company's counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, reproduction and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any Agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the Blue Sky Memorandum, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on the NASDAQ; and (v) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with, securing any required review by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. of the terms of the sale of the Shares; (b) the Company will pay or cause to be paid: (i) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (ii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar and (iii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section; and (c) such Selling Stockholder will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of such Selling Stockholder's obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section, including (i) any reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for such Selling Stockholder, (ii) such Selling Stockholder's pro rata share of the reasonable fees and expenses of the Attorneys-in-Fact and the Custodian, and (iii) all expenses and taxes incident to the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters hereunder. In connection with clause (c) (iii) of the preceding sentence, Goldman, Sachs & Co. agrees to pay New York State stock transfer tax, and the Selling Stockholder agrees to reimburse Goldman, Sachs & Co. for associated carrying costs if such tax payment is not rebated on the day of payment and for any portion of such tax payment not rebated. It is understood, however, that the Company shall bear, and the Selling Stockholders shall not be required to pay or to reimburse the Company for, the cost of any other matters not directly relating to the sale and purchase of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement, and that, except as provided in this Section, and Sections 9 and 12 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make. 8. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Shares to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company and of the Selling Stockholders herein are, at and as of -15-

such Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have performed all of its and their respective obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions: (a) The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof; all material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by Rule 433; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; no stop order suspending or preventing the use of the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been initiated or, to the Company's knowledge (after due inquiry) threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to your reasonable satisfaction; (b) Ropes & Gray LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to you their written opinion or opinions, addressed to you and dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters; (c) Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you their written opinion (a draft of such opinion is attached as Annex II(a) hereto), dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that: (i) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus; (ii) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth under the caption "Capitalization" in the Prospectus, and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company (including the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery) have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; and the Shares conform in all material respects to the description of the Stock contained in the Prospectus; (iii) To such counsel's knowledge, the Company has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, or is subject to no material liability or disability by reason of failure to be so qualified in any such jurisdiction (such counsel being entitled to rely in respect of the opinion in this clause upon opinions of local counsel and in respect of matters of fact upon certificates of officers of the Company, provided that such counsel -16-

shall state that they believe that both you and they are justified in relying upon such opinions and certificates); (iv) To such counsel's knowledge and other than as set forth in the Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company is a party or of which any property of the Company is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the current or future consolidated financial position stockholders' equity or results of operations of the Company; and, to such counsel's knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others; (v) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company; (vi) The issue and sale of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery to be sold by the Company and the compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a material breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument known to such counsel to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company is subject and which is material to the Company, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company or, to such counsel's knowledge, any statute or any order, rule or regulation known to such counsel of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of their properties; (vii) No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the issue and sale of the Shares or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been obtained under the Act, and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters; (viii) The Company is neither in violation of its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws nor, to such counsel's knowledge, is it in default in the performance or observance of any material obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, or lease or agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound; (ix) The statements set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "Description of Capital Stock", insofar as such statements constitute matters of law or legal conclusions or summarize the terms of agreements, are accurate, complete and fairly summarize the information called for in all material respects; -17-

(x) The Company is not and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof, will not be an "investment company", as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act; and (xi) The Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any further amendments and supplements thereto made by the Company prior to such Time of Delivery (other than the financial statements, including the notes thereto, and other financial and accounting data and related schedules therein, as to which such counsel need express no opinion) comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder; although they do not assume any responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, except for those referred to in the opinion in subsection (xi) of this Section 8(c), they shall state that nothing has come to their attention that would cause such counsel to believe that any part of the Registration Statement or any further amendment thereto made by the Company prior to such Time of Delivery (other than the financial statements and related schedules therein, as to which such counsel need express no opinion), when such part or amendment became effective, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that the Pricing Prospectus, together with the price of the Shares, as of the Applicable Time, contained any untrue statement of any material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or that, as of such Time of Delivery, either the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any further amendment or supplement thereto made by the Company prior to such Time of Delivery (other than the financial statements and related schedules therein, as to which such counsel need express no opinion) contained or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and they do not know of any amendment to the Registration Statement required to be filed or of any contracts or other documents of a character required to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which are not filed or described as required; (d) The respective counsel for each of the Selling Stockholders, as indicated in Schedule II hereto, each shall have furnished to you their written opinion with respect to each of the Selling Stockholders who are selling Shares at such Time of Delivery and for whom they are acting as counsel (a draft of each such opinion is attached as Annex II(b) hereto), dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that: (i) A Power-of-Attorney and a Custody Agreement have been duly executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder and constitute valid and binding agreements of such Selling Stockholder in accordance with their terms; -18-

(ii) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder; and the sale of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and the compliance by such Selling Stockholder with all of the provisions of this Agreement, the Power-of-Attorney and the Custody Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument known to such counsel to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the property or assets of such Selling Stockholder is subject, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of such Selling Stockholder if such Selling Stockholder is a corporation, the Partnership Agreement of such Selling Stockholder if such Selling Stockholder is a partnership or, to such counsel's knowledge, any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or the property of such Selling Stockholder; (iii) No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental agency or body is required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in connection with the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, except such as have been obtained under the Act and such as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of such Shares by the Underwriters; (iv) Immediately prior to such Time of Delivery, such Selling Stockholder was the record owner, and to such counsel's knowledge (after due inquiry), the beneficial owner of the Shares to be sold at such Time of Delivery by such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement, and to such counsel's knowledge (after due inquiry), such Shares are free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, and such Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder; and (v) Assuming that each Underwriter acquires a security entitlement (within the meaning of Sections 8-102(a)(17) and 8-105 of the Uniform Commercial Code) in the Shares transferred by the Selling Stockholders by having such Selling Stockholders credited to the securities account or accounts of such Underwriter maintained with the DTC or another securities intermediary, and makes payment for such Selling Stockholders as provided in the Underwriting Agreement, in each case without notice of any adverse claim (within the meaning of Sections 8-105 and 8-502 of the Uniform Commercial Code), no action based on an adverse claim (within the meaning of Sections 8-102 of the Uniform Commercial Code) may be asserted against such Underwriter with respect to such Selling Stockholders' Shares. In rendering the opinion in paragraph (iv), such counsel may rely upon a certificate of such Selling Stockholder in respect of matters of fact as to ownership of, and liens, encumbrances, equities -19-

or claims on, the Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder, provided that such counsel shall state that they believe that both you and they are justified in relying upon such certificate; (e) On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, Ernst & Young, LLP shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect set forth in Annex I hereto (the executed copy of the letter delivered prior to the execution of this Agreement is attached as Annex I(a) hereto and a draft of the form of letter to be delivered on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement and as of each Time of Delivery is attached as Annex I(b) hereto); (f)(i) The Company shall not have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Prospectus there shall not have been any change in the capital stock (other than as a result of the exercise of stock options or the award of stock options in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company's stock plans that are described in the Prospectus) or long-term debt of the Company or any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders' equity or results of operations of the Company, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in the judgment of the Representatives so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus; (g) On or after the Applicable Time (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Company's debt securities by any "nationally recognized statistical rating organization", as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Act, and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Company's debt securities; (h) On or after the Applicable Time, there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or on the NASDAQ; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company's securities on NASDAQ; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York or New Jersey State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any -20-

other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus; (i) The Shares to be sold at such Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed for quotation on NASDAQ; (j) The Company shall have obtained and delivered to the Underwriters executed copies of an agreement from each director and officer of the Company and each holder of capital stock, except as set forth on Exhibit A, substantially to the effect set forth in Subsection 1(b)(iv) hereof in form and substance satisfactory to you; (k) The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section 5(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement; and (l) The Company and the Selling Stockholders who are selling Shares at such Time of Delivery shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you at such Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Company and of the Selling Stockholders, respectively, satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, respectively, herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of all of their respective obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, and as to such other matters as you may reasonably request, and the Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished certificates as to the matters set forth in subsections (a) and (f) of this Section and as to such other matters as you may reasonably request. 9. (a) The Company and each of the Selling Stockholders, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any "issuer information" filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by -21-

any Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein; and provided further that the liability of a Selling Stockholder pursuant to this subsection (a) shall not exceed the product of the number of Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder and the initial public offering price of the Shares set forth in the Prospectus. (b) Each of the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder expressly for use therein; and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that such Selling Stockholder shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement thereto, or in any Free Writing Prospectus, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein; and provided further that the liability of a Selling Stockholder pursuant to this subsection (b) shall not exceed the product of the number of Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder and the initial public offering price of the Shares set forth in the Prospectus. (c) Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each Selling Stockholder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company or such Selling Stockholder may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any Free Writing Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Company and each Selling Stockholder -22-

for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or such Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred. (d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) ,(b) or (c) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under such subsection. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party. (e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a),(b) or (c) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required under subsection (d) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the -23-

cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Selling Stockholders on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company, each of the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this subsection (e) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (e). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), (i) no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission and (ii) the liability of a Selling Stockholder pursuant to this subsection (e) shall not exceed the product of the number of Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder and the initial public offering price of the Shares set forth in the Prospectus. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters' obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint. (f) The Company and the Selling Stockholders may agree, as among themselves and without limiting the rights of the Underwriters under this Agreement, as to the respective amounts of any liability under Section 9 and 12 hereof for which each shall be responsible, including, without limitation, allocating between the Company and the Selling Stockholders the liability resulting from a breach of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders hereunder. (g) The obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholders under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the respective Selling Stockholders may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and employee of, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and each broker dealer affiliate of any Underwriter; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company (including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to become a director of the Company) and to each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act. 10. (a) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the Shares which it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties to purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein. If within -24-

thirty-six hours after such default by any Underwriter you do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to you to purchase such Shares on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Company and the Selling Stockholders that you have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, or the Company and the Selling Stockholders notify you that they have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, you or the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to postpone a Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendments to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term "Underwriter" as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Shares. (b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default. (c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all of the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement (or, with respect to the Second Time of Delivery, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Company and the Included Selling Stockholder to sell the Optional Shares) shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company or the Selling Stockholders, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company and the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters as provided in Section 7 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 9 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default. 11. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company, or any of the -25-

Selling Stockholders, or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company, or any controlling person of any Selling Stockholder, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares. 12. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 10 hereof, neither the Company nor the Selling Stockholders shall then be under any liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof; but, if for any other reason any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided herein, the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders pro rata (based on the number of Shares to be sold by the Company and such Selling Stockholder hereunder) will reimburse the Underwriters through you for all out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by you, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter in respect of the Shares not so delivered except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof. 13. In all dealings hereunder, you shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by you jointly or by Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of you as the representatives; and in all dealings with any Selling Stockholder hereunder, you and the Company shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of such Selling Stockholder made or given by any or all of the Attorneys-in-Fact for such Selling Stockholder. All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you as the representatives in care of Goldman, Sachs & Co., 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004, Attention: Registration Department; if to any Selling Stockholder shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to counsel for such Selling Stockholder at its address set forth in Schedule II hereto; and if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth in the Registration Statement, Attention: Secretary; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 9(d) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters' Questionnaire or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company or the Selling Stockholders by you on request; provided, however, that notices under subsection 5(e) shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you as the representatives at Goldman, Sachs & Co., 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004, Attention: Control Room. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof. 14. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders and, to the extent provided in Sections 9 and 11 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and each person who controls the Company, any Selling Stockholder or any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this -26-

Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase. 15. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the term "business day" shall mean any day when the Commission's office in Washington, D.C. is open for business. 16. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 17. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. 18. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company and the Selling Stockholders are authorized, subject to applicable law, to disclose to any persons the U.S. federal and state income tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the Company and the Selling Stockholders relating to that treatment and structure, without the Underwriters imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, "tax structure" is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment. 19. The Company and each of the Selling Stockholders acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement is an arm's-length commercial transaction between the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, (iii) no Underwriter has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company or the Selling Stockholders except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Company and the Selling Stockholders have consulted their own legal and financial advisors to the extent they deemed appropriate. Each of the he Company and the Selling Stockholders agrees not to claim that the Underwriters, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company or the Selling Stockholders, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, or any of them, on the other hand, with respect to the subject matter hereof. The Company, each of the Selling Stockholders and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in -27-

any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us seven counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among each of the Underwriters, the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company and the Selling Stockholders for examination, upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof. -28-

Any person executing and delivering this Agreement as Attorney-in-Fact for a Selling Stockholder represents by so doing that he has been duly appointed as Attorney-in-Fact by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to a validly existing and binding Power-of-Attorney which authorizes such Attorney-in-Fact to take such action. Very truly yours, SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. By: .................................. Name: Title: [NAMES OF SELLING STOCKHOLDERS] By: .................................. Name: Title: As Attorney-in-Fact acting on behalf of each of the Selling Stockholders named in Schedule II to this Agreement. Accepted as of the date hereof at ...., .................................: GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO., DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES THOMAS WEISEL PARTNERS LLC BY: .................................. (Goldman, Sachs & Co.) On behalf of each of the Underwriters -29-

SCHEDULE I NUMBER OF OPTIONAL TOTAL NUMBER SHARES TO BE OF PURCHASED IF FIRM SHARES MAXIMUM TO BE OPTION UNDERWRITER PURCHASED EXERCISED ----------- --------- --------- Goldman, Sachs & Co............................ Deutsche Bank Securities....................... Thomas Weisel Partners LLC..................... [NAMES OF OTHER UNDERWRITERS].................. --------- --------- Total.................................... ========= ========= -30-

SCHEDULE II NUMBER OF OPTIONAL SHARES TO BE TOTAL NUMBER SOLD IF OF MAXIMUM FIRM SHARES OPTION TO BE SOLD EXERCISED ---------- --------- The Company................................... The Selling Stockholder(s):.................... [NAME OF SELLING STOCKHOLDER](a)......... [NAME OF SELLING STOCKHOLDER](b)......... [NAME OF SELLING STOCKHOLDER](c)......... ---------- --------- Total................................... ========== ========= - ---------- (a) This Selling Stockholder is represented by [NAME AND ADDRESS OF COUNSEL] and has appointed [NAMES OF ATTORNEYS-IN-FACT (NOT LESS THAN TWO)], and each of them, as the Attorneys-in-Fact for such Selling Stockholder. (b) This Selling Stockholder is represented by [NAME AND ADDRESS OF COUNSEL] and has appointed [NAMES OF ATTORNEYS-IN-FACT (NOT LESS THAN TWO)], and each of them, as the Attorneys-in-Fact for such Selling Stockholder. (c) This Selling Stockholder is represented by [NAME AND ADDRESS OF COUNSEL] and has appointed [NAMES OF ATTORNEYS-IN-FACT (NOT LESS THAN TWO)], and each of them, as the Attorneys-in-Fact for such Selling Stockholder. -31-

ANNEX I Pursuant to Section 8(f) of the Underwriting Agreement, the accountants shall furnish letters to the Underwriters to the effect that: (i) They are independent certified public accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder; (ii) In their opinion, the financial statements and any supplementary financial information and schedules (and, if applicable, financial forecasts and/or pro forma financial information) examined by them and included in the Prospectus or the Registration Statement comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published rules and regulations thereunder; and, if applicable, they have made a review in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants of the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements, selected financial data, pro forma financial information, financial forecasts and/or condensed financial statements derived from audited financial statements of the Company for the periods specified in such letter, as indicated in their reports thereon, copies of which have been separately furnished to the representatives of the Underwriters (the "Representatives"); (iii) They have made a review in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants of the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income, consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows included in the Prospectus as indicated in their reports thereon copies of which have been separately furnished to the Representatives and on the basis of specified procedures including inquiries of officials of the Company who have responsibility for financial and accounting matters regarding whether the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements referred to in paragraph (vi)(A)(i) below comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published rules and regulations, nothing came to their attention that caused them to believe that the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published rules and regulations; (iv) The unaudited selected financial information with respect to the consolidated results of operations and financial position of the Company for the five most recent fiscal years included in the Prospectus agrees with the corresponding amounts (after restatements where applicable) in the audited consolidated financial statements for such five fiscal years which were included or incorporated by reference in the Company's Annual Reports on Form 10-K for such fiscal years; (v) They have compared the information in the Prospectus under selected captions with the disclosure requirements of Regulation S-K and on the basis of limited procedures specified in such letter nothing came to their attention as a result of the foregoing procedures that caused them to believe that this information does not conform in all material respects with the F-1

disclosure requirements of Items 301, 302, 402 and 503(d), respectively, of Regulation S-K; (vi) On the basis of limited procedures, not constituting an examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, consisting of a reading of the unaudited financial statements and other information referred to below, a reading of the latest available interim financial statements of the Company, inspection of the minute books of the Company since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Prospectus, inquiries of officials of the Company responsible for financial and accounting matters and such other inquiries and procedures as may be specified in such letter, nothing came to their attention that caused them to believe that: (A) (i) the unaudited consolidated statements of income, consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows included in the Prospectus do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published rules and regulations, or (ii) any material modifications should be made to the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income, consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows included in the Prospectus for them to be in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles; (B) any other unaudited income statement data and balance sheet items included in the Prospectus do not agree with the corresponding items in the unaudited consolidated financial statements from which such data and items were derived, and any such unaudited data and items were not determined on a basis substantially consistent with the basis for the corresponding amounts in the audited consolidated financial statements included in the Prospectus; (C) the unaudited financial statements which were not included in the Prospectus but from which were derived any unaudited condensed financial statements referred to in clause (A) and any unaudited income statement data and balance sheet items included in the Prospectus and referred to in clause (B) were not determined on a basis substantially consistent with the basis for the audited consolidated financial statements included in the Prospectus; (D) as of a specified date not more than five days prior to the date of such letter, there have been any changes in the consolidated capital stock (other than issuances of capital stock upon exercise of options and stock appreciation rights, upon earn-outs of performance shares and upon conversions of convertible securities, in each case which were outstanding on the date of the latest financial statements included in the Prospectus) or any increase in the consolidated long-term debt of the Company, or any decreases in consolidated net current assets or stockholders' equity or other items specified by the Representatives, or any increases in any items specified by the Representatives, in each case as compared with amounts shown in the latest balance sheet included in the Prospectus, except in each case for changes, increases or decreases which the Prospectus discloses have occurred or may occur or which are described in such letter; and F-2

(E) for the period from the date of the latest financial statements included in the Prospectus to the specified date referred to in clause (D) there were any decreases in consolidated net revenues or operating profit or the total or per share amounts of consolidated net income or other items specified by the Representatives, or any increases in any items specified by the Representatives, in each case as compared with the comparable period of the preceding year and with any other period of corresponding length specified by the Representatives, except in each case for decreases or increases which the Prospectus discloses have occurred or may occur or which are described in such letter; and (vii) In addition to the examination referred to in their report(s) included in the Prospectus and the limited procedures, inspection of minute books, inquiries and other procedures referred to in paragraphs (iii) and (vi) above, they have carried out certain specified procedures, not constituting an examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, with respect to certain amounts, percentages and financial information specified by the Representatives, which are derived from the general accounting records of the Company, which appear in the Prospectus, or in Part II of, or in exhibits and schedules to, the Registration Statement specified by the Representatives, and have compared certain of such amounts, percentages and financial information with the accounting records of the Company and have found them to be in agreement. F-3

SCHEDULE III Issuer Free Writer Prospectus F-1

EXHIBIT 3.2 RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. A DELAWARE CORPORATION (PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 242 AND 245 OF THE DELAWARE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW) Synchronoss Technologies, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY: FIRST: That the name of this corporation is Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law on September 19, 2000 under the name Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. SECOND: That the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation shall be amended and restated to read in full as follows: ARTICLE I The name of the corporation is Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. (the "Corporation"). ARTICLE II The address of the registered office of this corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Trust Center. ARTICLE III The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law. ARTICLE IV The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated common stock ("Common Stock") and preferred stock ("Preferred Stock"). The number of shares of Common Stock authorized to be issued is [one hundred million (100,000,000)], par value $0.001 per share, and the number of shares of Preferred Stock authorized to be issued is ten million (10,000,000), par value $0.001 per share.

The Board of Directors is authorized, without further stockholder approval and subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in series, and by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (such certificate being hereinafter referred to as a "Preferred Stock Designation"), to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation. In case the number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series. Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock). ARTICLE V The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders: A. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation. B. The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide. C. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders. D. Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. For purposes of this Restated 2

Certificate of Incorporation, the term "Whole Board" shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships. ARTICLE VI A. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board and may not be fixed by any other person(s). B. The Board of Directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock under specified circumstances, shall be divided into three classes: Class I, Class II and Class III. Such classes shall be as nearly equal in number of directors as reasonably possible. Each director shall serve for a term ending on the third annual meeting of stockholders following the annual meeting of stockholders at which such director was elected; provided, however, that the directors first elected to Class I shall serve for a term ending on the Corporation's first annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the directors first elected to Class II shall serve for a term ending on the Corporation's second annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the directors first elected to Class III shall serve for a term ending on the Corporation's third annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The foregoing notwithstanding, each director shall serve until such director's successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director's prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or other removal. C. At each annual election, directors chosen to succeed those whose terms then expire shall be of the same class as the directors they succeed unless, by reason of any intervening changes in the authorized number of directors, the Board of Directors shall designate one or more directorships whose term then expires as directorships of another class in order more nearly to achieve equality of number of directors among the classes. D. Notwithstanding the rule that the three classes shall be as nearly equal in number of directors as reasonably possible, in the event of any change in the authorized number of directors, each director then continuing to serve as such shall nevertheless continue as a director of the class of which such director is a member until the expiration of such director's current term, or such director's prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or other removal. If any newly created directorship may, consistently with the rule that the three classes shall be as nearly equal in number of directors as reasonably possible, be allocated to more than one class, the Board of Directors shall allocate it to that of the available class whose term of office is due to expire at the earliest date following such allocation. E. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall, unless otherwise provided by law or by resolution of the Board of Directors, be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum (and not by stockholders), and directors so chosen shall hold 3

office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been chosen expires or until such director's successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. F. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation. G. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. ARTICLE VII A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VII to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as so amended. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VII by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification. ARTICLE VIII The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board. The stockholders shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation as prescribed by law. ARTICLE IX In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of this Corporation required by law or by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as 4

a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal the provisions of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation; provided however that any amendment or repeal of Article VI or this Article IX shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. * * * * THIRD: That the foregoing Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. FOURTH: That said this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation's heretofore existing Restated Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. 5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation this __ day of May, 2006. ----------------------------------------- Stephen G. Waldis Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.4 AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. A DELAWARE CORPORATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE ---- ARTICLE I OFFICE AND RECORDS.....................................................................................1 Section 1.1 Delaware Office.............................................................................1 Section 1.2 Other Offices...............................................................................1 Section 1.3 Books and Records...........................................................................1 ARTICLE II STOCKHOLDERS..........................................................................................1 Section 2.1 Annual Meeting..............................................................................1 Section 2.2 Special Meeting.............................................................................1 Section 2.3 Place of Meeting............................................................................1 Section 2.4 Notice of Meeting...........................................................................1 Section 2.5 Quorum and Adjournment......................................................................2 Section 2.6 Proxies.....................................................................................2 Section 2.7 Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations..............................................2 Section 2.8 Procedure for Election of Directors.........................................................4 Section 2.9 Inspectors of Elections.....................................................................5 Section 2.10 Conduct of Meetings........................................................................5 Section 2.11 No Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting..............................................6 ARTICLE III BOARD OF DIRECTORS...................................................................................6 Section 3.1 General Powers..............................................................................6 Section 3.2 Number, Tenure and Qualifications...........................................................6 Section 3.3 Regular Meetings............................................................................6 Section 3.4 Special Meetings............................................................................6 Section 3.5 Action by Unanimous Consent of Directors....................................................6 Section 3.6 Notice......................................................................................6 Section 3.7 Conference Telephone Meetings...............................................................7 Section 3.8 Quorum......................................................................................7 Section 3.9 Vacancies...................................................................................7 Section 3.10 Committee..................................................................................7 Section 3.11 Removal....................................................................................8 ARTICLE IV OFFICERS..............................................................................................8 Section 4.1 Elected Officers............................................................................8 Section 4.2 Election and Term of Office.................................................................8 Section 4.3 Chairman of the Board.......................................................................8 Section 4.4 Chief Executive Officer.....................................................................8 Section 4.5 President...................................................................................9 Section 4.6 Secretary...................................................................................9 Section 4.7 Treasurer...................................................................................9 Section 4.8 Removal.....................................................................................9 Section 4.9 Vacancies...................................................................................9 i

ARTICLE V STOCK CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFERS......................................................................10 Section 5.1 Stock Certificates and Transfers...........................................................10 ARTICLE VI INDEMNIFICATION......................................................................................10 Section 6.1 Right to Indemnification...................................................................10 Section 6.2 Right to Advancement of Expenses...........................................................11 Section 6.3 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit..........................................................11 Section 6.4 Non-Exclusivity of Rights..................................................................11 Section 6.5 Insurance..................................................................................12 Section 6.6 Amendment of Rights........................................................................12 Section 6.7 Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation.................................12 ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS............................................................................12 Section 7.1 Fiscal Year................................................................................12 Section 7.2 Dividends..................................................................................12 Section 7.3 Seal.......................................................................................12 Section 7.4 Waiver of Notice...........................................................................12 Section 7.5 Audits.....................................................................................12 Section 7.6 Resignations...............................................................................13 Section 7.7 Contracts..................................................................................13 Section 7.8 Proxies....................................................................................13 ARTICLE VIII AMENDMENTS.......................................................................................................13 Section 8.1 Amendments.................................................................................13 ii

ARTICLE I OFFICES AND RECORDS Section 1.1 Delaware Office. The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be located in the City of Dover, County of Kent. Section 1.2 Other Offices. The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may designate or as the business of the Corporation may from time to time require. Section 1.3 Books and Records. The books and records of the Corporation may be kept at the Corporation's headquarters in Cupertino, California or at such other locations outside the State of Delaware as may from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors. ARTICLE II STOCKHOLDERS Section 2.1 Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held at such date, place and/or time as may be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors. Section 2.2 Special Meeting. Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. For purposes of these Amended and Restated Bylaws, the term "Whole Board" shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships. Section 2.3 Place of Meeting. The Board of Directors may designate the place of meeting for any meeting of the stockholders. If no designation is made by the Board of Directors, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the Corporation. Section 2.4 Notice of Meeting. Except as otherwise required by law, written, printed or electronic notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and the purposes for which the meeting is called shall be prepared and delivered by the Corporation not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either personally, by mail, or in the case of stockholders who have consented to such delivery, by electronic transmission (as such term is defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law), to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the U.S. mail with postage thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation. Notice given by electronic transmission shall be effective (A) if by facsimile, when faxed to a number where the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (B) if by electronic mail, when mailed electronically to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive such notice; (C) if by posting on an electronic network together with a separate notice of such posting, upon the later to occur of (1) the posting or (2) the giving of separate notice of the posting; or (D) if by 1

other form of electronic communication, when directed to the stockholder in the manner consented to by the stockholder. Meetings may be held without notice if all stockholders entitled to vote are present (except as otherwise provided by law), or if notice is waived by those not present. Any previously scheduled meeting of the stockholders may be postponed and (unless the Corporation's Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate of Incorporation") otherwise provides) any special meeting of the stockholders may be cancelled, by resolution of the Board of Directors upon public notice given prior to the time previously scheduled for such meeting of stockholders. Section 2.5 Quorum and Adjournment. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Voting Stock"), represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders, except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series voting separately as a class or series, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of such business for the purposes of taking action on such business. No notice of the time and place of adjourned meetings need be given provided such adjournment is for less than thirty (30) days and further provided that no new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting and provided further that the time or place of the adjourned meeting is announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. Section 2.6 Proxies. At all meetings of stockholders, a stockholder may vote by proxy executed in writing by the stockholder or as may be permitted by law, or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact. Such proxy must be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation or his representative, or otherwise delivered telephonically or electronically as set forth in the applicable proxy statement, at or before the time of the meeting. Section 2.7 Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations. A. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of business to be transacted by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (1) pursuant to the Corporation's notice with respect to such meeting, (2) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (3) by any stockholder of record of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice provided for in the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.7. B. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to paragraph (A)(3) of this Section 2.7, (1) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (2) such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the Delaware General Corporation Law, (3) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the Corporation with a Solicitation Notice, as that term is defined in subclause (c)(iii) of this paragraph, such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered prior to the meeting a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation's voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have 2

delivered prior to the meeting a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the Corporation's voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial holder to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice and (4) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this section. To be timely, a stockholder's notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than forty-five (45) or more than seventy-five (75) days prior to the first anniversary (the "Anniversary") of the date on which the Corporation first mailed its proxy materials for the preceding year's annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that if no proxy materials were mailed by the Corporation in connection with the preceding year's annual meeting, or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not later than the close of business on the later of (x) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or (y) the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Such stockholder's notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person as would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of such nominees as directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and such person's written consent to serve as a director if elected; (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of such business, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation's books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (iii) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a proposal, at least the percentage of the Corporation's voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the Corporation's voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a "Solicitation Notice"). C. Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (B) of this Section 2.7 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board made by the Corporation at least fifty-five (55) days prior to the Anniversary, a stockholder's notice required by this Bylaw shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation. 3

D. Only persons nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.7 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.7. The chair of the meeting shall have the power and the duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting has been made in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposed business or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded. E. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (2) by any stockholder of record of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.7. Nominations by stockholders of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at such a special meeting of stockholders if the stockholder's notice required by paragraph (B) of this Section 2.7 shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting. F. For purposes of this Section 2.7, "public announcement" shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. G. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.7, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 2.7. Nothing in this Section 2.7 shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation's proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act. Section 2.8 Procedure for Election of Directors. Election of directors at all meetings of the stockholders at which directors are to be elected shall be by written ballot, and, except as otherwise set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation with respect to the right of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or any other series or class of stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, a plurality of the votes cast thereat shall elect directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, all matters other than the election of directors submitted to the stockholders at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively. 4

Section 2.9 Inspectors of Elections: A. The Board of Directors by resolution shall appoint one or more inspectors, which inspector or inspectors may include individuals who serve the Corporation in other capacities, including, without limitation, as officers, employees, agents or representatives of the Corporation, to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate has been appointed to act, or if all inspectors or alternates who have been appointed are unable to act, at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before discharging his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall have the duties prescribed by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 2.10 Conduct of Meetings. A. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders. In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board shall preside at a meeting of the stockholders. In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer or the Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at a meeting of the stockholders. In the absence of each of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board and the President, the Secretary shall preside at a meeting of the stockholders. In the anticipated absence of all officers designated to preside over the meetings of stockholders, the Board of Directors may designate an individual to preside over a meeting of the stockholders. B. The chairman of the meeting shall fix and announce at the meeting the date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting. C. The Board of Directors may, to the extent not prohibited by law, adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may to the extent not prohibited by law include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Unless, and to the extent, determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure. 5

Section 2.11 No Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders. ARTICLE III BOARD OF DIRECTORS Section 3.1 General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation. Section 3.2 Number, Tenure and Qualifications. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock under specified circumstances, shall be divided into three classes pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. Section 3.3 Regular Meetings. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, provide the time and place for the holding of regular meetings of the Board of Directors. Section 3.4 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be called at the request of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the Board of Directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the place and time of the meetings. Section 3.5 Action By Unanimous Consent of Directors. The Board of Directors may take action without the necessity of a meeting by unanimous consent of directors. Such consent may be in writing or given by electronic transmission, as such term is defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 3.6 Notice. Notice of any special meeting shall be given to each director at his business or residence in writing, or by telegram, facsimile transmission, telephone communication or electronic transmission (provided, with respect to electronic transmission, that the director has consented to receive the form of transmission at the address to which it is directed). If mailed, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when deposited in the United States mails so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid, at least five (5) days before such meeting. If by telegram, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting. If by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission, such notice shall be transmitted at least 6

twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting. If by telephone, the notice shall be given at least twelve (12) hours prior to the time set for the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting, except for amendments to these Bylaws as provided under Section 8.1 of Article VIII hereof. A meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are present (except as otherwise provided by law) or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in writing or by electronic transmission, either before or after such meeting. Section 3.7 Conference Telephone Meetings. Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. Section 3.8 Quorum. A whole number of directors equal to at least a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but if at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. Section 3.9 Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall, unless otherwise provided by law or by resolution of the Board of Directors, be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum (and not by stockholders), and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been chosen expires or until such director's successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. Section 3.10. Committees. A. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of the committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent permitted by law and to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; provided, however, that no committee shall have power or 7

authority in reference to the following matters: (1) approving, adopting or recommending to stockholders any action or matter required by law to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (2) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw. B. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board of Directors may make, alter and repeal rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board of Directors conducts its business pursuant to these Bylaws. Section 3.11 Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. ARTICLE IV OFFICERS Section 4.1 Elected Officers. The elected officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and such other officers as the Board of Directors from time to time may deem proper. The Chairman of the Board shall be chosen from the directors. All officers chosen by the Board of Directors shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article IV. Such officers shall also have powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or by any committee thereof. Section 4.2 Election and Term of Office. The elected officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the regular meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of the stockholders. If the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as convenient. Subject to Section 4.7 of these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified or until his death or until he shall resign. Section 4.3 Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board. Section 4.4 Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the general manager of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, and as such shall, subject to Section 2.10 (A) hereof, preside at all meetings of stockholders, shall have general supervision of the affairs of the Corporation, shall sign or countersign or authorize another officer to sign all certificates, contracts, and other instruments of the Corporation as authorized by the Board of Directors, shall make reports to the Board of Directors and stockholders, and shall perform all such other duties as are incident to such office or are properly required by the Board of Directors. 8

Section 4.5 President. The President shall be the chief operating officer of the corporation and shall be subject to the general supervision, direction, and control of the Chief Executive Officer unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise. Section 4.6 Secretary. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of stockholders and directors and all other notices required by law or by these Bylaws, and in case of his absence or refusal or neglect so to do, any such notice may be given by any person thereunto directed by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or by the Board of Directors, upon whose request the meeting is called as provided in these Bylaws. He shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Board of Directors, any committees thereof and the stockholders of the Corporation in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. He shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and shall affix the same to all instruments requiring it, when authorized by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, and attest to the same. Section 4.7 Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation. The Treasurer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositaries as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements. The Treasurer shall render to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President and the Board of Directors, whenever requested, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors shall prescribe. Section 4.8 Removal. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever, in their judgment, the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby. No elected officer shall have any contractual rights against the Corporation for compensation by virtue of such election beyond the date of the election of his successor, his death, his resignation or his removal, whichever event shall first occur, except as otherwise provided in an employment contract or an employee plan. Section 4.9 Vacancies. A newly created office and a vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, or removal may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term at any meeting of the Board of Directors. 9

ARTICLE V STOCK CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFERS Section 5.1 Stock Certificates and Transfers. A. The interest of each stockholder of the Corporation shall be evidenced by certificates for shares of stock in such form as the appropriate officers of the Corporation may from time to time prescribe. The shares of the stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof in person or by his attorney, upon surrender for cancellation of certificates for the same number of shares, with an assignment and power of transfer endorsed thereon or attached thereto, duly executed, and with such proof of the authenticity of the signature as the Corporation or its agents may reasonably require. B. The certificates of stock shall be signed, countersigned and registered in such manner as the Board of Directors may by resolution prescribe, which resolution may permit all or any of the signatures on such certificates to be in facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. ARTICLE VI INDEMNIFICATION Section 6.1 Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an "indemnitee"), where the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee's heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 6.3 hereof with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. 10

Section 6.2 Right to Advancement of Expenses. The right to indemnification conferred in Section 6.1 shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding for which such right to indemnification is applicable in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an "advancement of expenses"); provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an "undertaking"), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a "final adjudication") that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section or otherwise. Section 6.3 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Section 6.1 and Section 6.2, respectively, shall be contract rights. If a claim under Section 6.1 or Section 6.2 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (A) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (B) in any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Section 6.3 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation. Section 6.4 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under the Certificate of Incorporation, these 11

Amended and Restated Bylaws, or any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. Section 6.5 Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 6.6 Amendment of Rights. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VI that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit or eliminate any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal. Section 6.7 Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the board of directors, grant rights to indemnification, and to the advancement of expenses, to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Section with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation. ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Section 7.1 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the first day of January and end on the thirty-first day of December of each year. Section 7.2 Dividends. The Board of Directors may from time to time declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law and its Certificate of Incorporation. Section 7.3 Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed the name of the Corporation thereon and shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. Section 7.4 Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given to any stockholder or director of the Corporation under the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Board of Directors need be specified in any waiver of notice of such meeting. Section 7.5 Audits. The accounts, books and records of the Corporation shall be audited upon the conclusion of each fiscal year by an independent certified public accountant selected by the Board of Directors, and it shall be the duty of the Board of Directors to cause such audit to be made annually. 12

Section 7.6 Resignations. Any director or any officer, whether elected or appointed, may resign at any time by serving written notice of such resignation on the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary, or by submitting such resignation by electronic transmission (as such term is defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law), and such resignation shall be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the date said notice is received by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary or at such later date as is stated therein. No formal action shall be required of the Board of Directors or the stockholders to make any such resignation effective. Section 7.7 Contracts. Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any contracts or other instruments may be executed and delivered in the name and on the behalf of the Corporation by such officer or officers of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may from time to time direct. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances as the Board may determine. The Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President may execute bonds, contracts, deeds, leases and other instruments to be made or executed for or on behalf of the Corporation. Subject to any restrictions imposed by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President of the Corporation may delegate contractual powers to others under his jurisdiction, it being understood, however, that any such delegation of power shall not relieve such officer of responsibility with respect to the exercise of such delegated power. Section 7.8 Proxies. Unless otherwise provided by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President may from time to time appoint any attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of the Corporation, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to cast the votes which the Corporation may be entitled to cast as the holder of stock or other securities in any other corporation or other entity, any of whose stock or other securities may be held by the Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the stock and other securities of such other corporation or other entity, or to consent in writing, in the name of the Corporation as such holder, to any action by such other corporation or other entity, and may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consent, and may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and under its corporate seal or otherwise, all such written proxies or other instruments as he may deem necessary or proper in the premises. ARTICLE VIII AMENDMENTS Section 8.1 Amendments. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders, provided notice of the proposed change was given in the notice of the meeting and, in the case of a meeting of the Board of Directors, in a notice given no less than twenty-four (24) hours prior to the meeting. 13

CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY OF SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. The undersigned, Marc F. Dupre, hereby certifies that he is the duly elected and acting Secretary of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"), and that the Bylaws attached hereto constitute the Bylaws of said Corporation as duly adopted by the Directors on April 25, 2006. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto subscribed his name this 25th day of April, 2006. /s/Marc F. Dupre --------------------------------------- Marc F. Dupre Secretary

EXHIBIT 10.1 SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT This Indemnification Agreement ("Agreement") is made as of [DATE] by and between Synchronoss Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and [_______________] ("Indemnitee"). RECITALS WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly held corporations as directors or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation; WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the business enterprise itself. The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the "Charter") authorizes indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company and the By-laws of the Company (the "By-laws") require such indemnification. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware ("DGCL"). The Charter, By-laws and DGCL provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification; WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons; WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company's stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future; WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest

extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified; WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Charter and By-laws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; WHEREAS, Indemnitee is concerned that the protection available under the Charter, By-laws and DGCL and insurance may not be adequate in the present circumstances, and in consideration of serving as a director desires to be assured of adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that Indemnitee be so indemnified; and NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows: Section 1. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a ___________ [DIRECTOR, OFFICER, ETC.] of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. The foregoing notwithstanding, this Agreement shall continue in force after Indemnitee's services to the Company have ceased. Section 2. Definitions As used in this Agreement: (a) "Corporate Status" describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership or joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company. (b) "Enterprise" shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary. (c) "Expenses" shall include all reasonable attorneys' fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the - 2 -

premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedes bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee. (d) "Independent Counsel" means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term "Independent Counsel" shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee's rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto. (e) The term "Proceeding" shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of Indemnitee's Corporate Status, by reason of any action taken by him or of any action on his part while acting in such capacity, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; except one initiated by Indemnitee to enforce his rights under this Agreement. Section 3. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. Indemnitee shall not enter into any settlement in connection with a Proceeding without 10 days prior notice to the Company. Section 4. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in - 3 -

the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery (the "Delaware Court") or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court or such other court shall deem proper. Section 5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against (a) all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter and (b) any claim, issue or matter related to any such successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter. Section 6. Indemnification For Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. Section 7. Additional Indemnification. (a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4, or 5, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the Proceeding. (b) For purposes of Section 7(a), the meaning of the phrase "to the fullest extent permitted by law" shall include, but not be limited to: (i) to the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL, and - 4 -

(ii) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors. Section 8. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee: (a) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or (b) for which payment is prohibited by applicable law. Section 9. Advances of Expenses. The Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice) from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee's ability to repay the expenses and without regard to Indemnitee's ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. The Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that the Indemnitee undertakes to the fullest extent permitted by law to repay the advance if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. This Section 9 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 8. Section 10. Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim. (a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor. (b) The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense. Section 11. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification. - 5 -

(a) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee's entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by Independent Counsel chosen in accordance Section 11(b) below and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Independent Counsel making such determination with respect to Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys' fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Independent Counsel shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. (b) The Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee. The Company may, within 10 days after written notice of such selection, deliver to the Indemnitee a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of "Independent Counsel" as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof, and the final disposition of the Proceeding, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, the Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company to the selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 11(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 13(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing). Section 12. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings. (a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Independent Counsel making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by the Independent Counsel of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of the Company or of Independent Counsel to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual - 6 -

determination by the Company or by Independent Counsel that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. (b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. (c) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee's action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or the Board or counsel selected by any committee of the Board or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser, investment banker or other expert selected with the reasonable care by the Company or the Board or any committee of the Board. The provisions of this Section 12(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. (d) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Section 13. Remedies of Indemnitee. (a) Subject to Section 13(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the last sentence of Section 11(a) of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3, 4 or 7 of this Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 13(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his rights under Section 5 of - 7 -

this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee's right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration. (b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13 the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be. (c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee's statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law. (d) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors' and officers' liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be. (e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding. Section 14. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation. (a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, the Company's By-laws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Charter, By-laws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by - 8 -

this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy. (b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Company or of any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. (c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights. (d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise. Section 15. Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) 10 years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director of the Company or (b) 1 year after the final termination of any Proceeding then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 13 of this Agreement relating thereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his heirs, executors and administrators. Section 16. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and - 9 -

(c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby. Section 17. Enforcement. (a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director of the Company. (b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Charter of the Company, the By-laws of the Company and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder. Section 18. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Section 19. Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise. Section 20. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (d) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received: (a) If to Indemnitee, at such address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company. (b) If to the Company to: Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. 750 Route 202 South Sixth Floor - 10 -

Bridgewater, NJ 08807 Attention: Stephen G. Waldis, CEO or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company. Section 21. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s). Section 22. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 13(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, Incorporating Services, Ltd., Dover, Delaware as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party's agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum. Section 23. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement. Section 24. Termination of Prior Agreement. Upon execution of this Agreement by the Company and Indemnitee, such parties hereto acknowledge that the certain Indemnification Agreement previously entered into by and between Indemnitee and the Company which provided for the indemnification of Indemnittee pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof is hereby amended, restated and superseded in its entirety by this Agreement. - 11 -

Section 25. Miscellaneous. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof. - 12 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written. SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. By: -------------------------------- Name: Title: INDEMNITEE: By: -------------------------------- Name: - 13 -

EXHIBIT 10.3 AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. 2000 STOCK PLAN Pursuant to Section 11(b) of the Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan (the "Plan"), the Board of Directors of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. (the "Company") has amended the Plan as follows, effective April 3, 2006: 1. Section 4(a) of the Plan will be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: (a) BASIC LIMITATION. Shares offered under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury Shares. The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan (upon exercise of Options or other rights to acquire Shares) shall not exceed 5,097,175 Shares, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 8. The number of Shares that are subject to Options or other rights outstanding at any time under the Plan shall not exceed the number of Shares that then remain available for issuance under the Plan. The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. 2. Section 4(b) of the Plan will be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: (b) ADDITIONAL SHARES. In the event that any outstanding Option or other right for any reason expires or is canceled or otherwise terminated, the Shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or other right shall again be available for the purposes of the Plan. In the event that Shares issued under the Plan are reacquired by the Company pursuant to any forfeiture provision, right of repurchase or right of first refusal, such Shares shall again be available for the purposes of the Plan. 3. Except as set forth herein, all other provisions of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Amendment to the Plan as of the date first written above. SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. By: --------------------------- Stephen G. Waldis Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 10.4 SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN (AS ADOPTED EFFECTIVE APRIL 25, 2006)

TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE ---- ARTICLE 1. INTRODUCTION...........................................................................................1 ARTICLE 2. ADMINISTRATION.........................................................................................1 2.1 Committee Composition.............................................................................1 2.2 Committee Responsibilities........................................................................1 2.3 Committee for Non-Officer Grants..................................................................2 ARTICLE 3. SHARES AVAILABLE FOR GRANTS............................................................................2 3.1 Basic Limitation..................................................................................2 3.2 Shares Returned to Reserve........................................................................2 3.3 Dividend Equivalents..............................................................................2 ARTICLE 4. ELIGIBILITY............................................................................................2 4.1 Incentive Stock Options...........................................................................2 4.2 Other Grants......................................................................................3 ARTICLE 5. OPTIONS................................................................................................3 5.1 Stock Option Agreement............................................................................3 5.2 Number of Shares..................................................................................3 5.3 Exercise Price....................................................................................3 5.4 Exercisability and Term...........................................................................3 5.5 Modification or Assumption of Options.............................................................3 5.6 Buyout Provisions.................................................................................4 ARTICLE 6. PAYMENT FOR OPTION SHARES..............................................................................4 6.1 General Rule......................................................................................4 6.2 Surrender of Stock................................................................................4 6.3 Exercise/Sale.....................................................................................4 6.4 Promissory Note...................................................................................4 6.5 Other Forms of Payment............................................................................4 ARTICLE 7. AUTOMATIC OPTION GRANTS TO OUTSIDE DIRECTORS...........................................................4 7.1 Initial Grants....................................................................................4 7.2 Annual Grants.....................................................................................4 7.3 Accelerated Exercisability........................................................................5 7.4 Exercise Price....................................................................................5 7.5 Term..............................................................................................5 7.6 Affiliates of Outside Directors...................................................................5 ARTICLE 8. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS..............................................................................5 8.1 SAR Agreement.....................................................................................5 8.2 Number of Shares..................................................................................5 8.3 Exercise Price....................................................................................5 8.4 Exercisability and Term...........................................................................6 8.5 Exercise of SARs..................................................................................6 8.6 Modification or Assumption of SARs................................................................6 i

ARTICLE 9. RESTRICTED SHARES......................................................................................6 9.1 Restricted Stock Agreement........................................................................6 9.2 Payment for Awards................................................................................6 9.3 Vesting Conditions................................................................................7 9.4 Voting and Dividend Rights........................................................................7 ARTICLE 10. STOCK UNITS...........................................................................................7 10.1 Stock Unit Agreement..............................................................................7 10.2 Payment for Awards................................................................................7 10.3 Vesting Conditions................................................................................7 10.4 Voting and Dividend Rights........................................................................8 10.5 Form and Time of Settlement of Stock Units........................................................8 10.6 Death of Recipient................................................................................8 10.7 Creditors' Rights.................................................................................8 ARTICLE 11. CHANGE IN CONTROL.....................................................................................8 11.1 Effect of Change in Control.......................................................................8 11.2 Acceleration......................................................................................9 ARTICLE 12. PROTECTION AGAINST DILUTION...........................................................................9 12.1 Adjustments.......................................................................................9 12.2 Dissolution or Liquidation........................................................................9 12.3 Reorganizations...................................................................................9 ARTICLE 13. AWARDS UNDER OTHER PLANS.............................................................................11 ARTICLE 14. PAYMENT OF DIRECTOR'S FEES IN SECURITIES.............................................................11 14.1 Effective Date...................................................................................11 14.2 Elections to Receive NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units......................................11 14.3 Number and Terms of NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units.......................................11 ARTICLE 15. LIMITATION ON RIGHTS.................................................................................11 15.1 Retention Rights.................................................................................11 15.2 Stockholders' Rights.............................................................................11 15.3 Regulatory Requirements..........................................................................11 ARTICLE 16. WITHHOLDING TAXES....................................................................................12 16.1 General..........................................................................................12 16.2 Share Withholding................................................................................12 ARTICLE 17. FUTURE OF THE PLAN...................................................................................12 17.1 Term of the Plan.................................................................................12 17.2 Amendment or Termination.........................................................................12 17.3 Stockholder Approval.............................................................................12 ARTICLE 18. DEFINITIONS..........................................................................................13 ii

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN ARTICLE 1. INTRODUCTION. The Plan was adopted by the Board to be effective at the IPO. The purpose of the Plan is to promote the long-term success of the Company and the creation of stockholder value by (a) encouraging Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants to focus on critical long-range objectives, (b) encouraging the attraction and retention of Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants with exceptional qualifications and (c) linking Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants directly to stockholder interests through increased stock ownership. The Plan seeks to achieve this purpose by providing for Awards in the form of Restricted Shares, Stock Units, Options (which may constitute ISOs or NSOs) or stock appreciation rights. The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware (except their choice-of-law provisions). ARTICLE 2. ADMINISTRATION. 2.1 COMMITTEE COMPOSITION. The Committee shall administer the Plan. The Committee shall consist exclusively of two or more directors of the Company, who shall be appointed by the Board. In addition, each member of the Committee shall meet the following requirements: (a) Any listing standards prescribed by the principal securities market on which the Company's equity securities are traded; (b) Such requirements as the Internal Revenue Service may establish for outside directors acting under plans intended to qualify for exemption under section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code; (c) Such requirements as the Securities and Exchange Commission may establish for administrators acting under plans intended to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3 (or its successor) under the Exchange Act; and (d) Any other requirements imposed by applicable law, regulations or rules. 2.2 COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES. The Committee shall (a) select the Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants who are to receive Awards under the Plan, (b) determine the type, number, vesting requirements and other features and conditions of such Awards, (c) interpret the Plan, (d) make all other decisions relating to the operation of the Plan and (e) carry out any other duties delegated to it by the Board. The Committee may adopt such

rules or guidelines as it deems appropriate to implement the Plan. The Committee's determinations under the Plan shall be final and binding on all persons. 2.3 COMMITTEE FOR NON-OFFICER GRANTS. The Board may also appoint a secondary committee of the Board, which shall be composed of one or more directors of the Company who need not satisfy the requirements of Section 2.1. Such secondary committee may administer the Plan with respect to Employees and Consultants who are not Outside Directors and are not considered executive officers of the Company under section 16 of the Exchange Act, may grant Awards under the Plan to such Employees and Consultants and may determine all features and conditions of such Awards. Within the limitations of this Section 2.3, any reference in the Plan to the Committee shall include such secondary committee. ARTICLE 3. SHARES AVAILABLE FOR GRANTS. 3.1 BASIC LIMITATION. Common Shares issued pursuant to the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares. The aggregate number of Common Shares issued under the Plan shall not exceed (a) 2,000,000 Common Shares plus the number of Common Shares remaining available for issuance under the 2000 Stock Plan on the date of the IPO and (b) the additional Common Shares described in Section 3.2. The number of Common Shares that are subject to Awards outstanding at any time under the Plan shall not exceed the number of Common Shares that then remain available for issuance under the Plan. All Common Shares available under the Plan may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs. The limitations of this Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 12. 3.2 SHARES RETURNED TO RESERVE. If Options, SARs or Stock Units under this Plan or the 2000 Stock Plan are forfeited or terminate for any other reason before being exercised or settled, then the Common Shares subject to such Options, SARs or Stock Units shall again become available for issuance under this Plan. If Restricted Shares or Common Shares issued upon the exercise of Options under this Plan or the 2000 Stock Plan are forfeited or reacquired by the Company, then such Common Shares shall again become available for issuance under this Plan. If SARs are exercised, then only the number of Common Shares (if any) actually issued in settlement of such SARs shall reduce the number available under Section 3.1 and the balance shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. If Stock Units are settled, then only the number of Common Shares (if any) actually issued in settlement of such Stock Units shall reduce the number available under Section 3.1 and the balance shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. 3.3 DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS. Any dividend equivalents paid or credited under the Plan shall not be applied against the number of Common Shares that may be issued under the Plan, whether or not such dividend equivalents are converted into Stock Units. ARTICLE 4. ELIGIBILITY. 4.1 INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS. Only Employees who are common-law employees of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs. In addition, an Employee who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company or any of its Parents or Subsidiaries shall not be 2

eligible for the grant of an ISO unless the requirements set forth in section 422(c)(5) of the Code are satisfied. 4.2 OTHER GRANTS. Only Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants shall be eligible for the grant of Restricted Shares, Stock Units, NSOs or SARs. ARTICLE 5. OPTIONS. 5.1 STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT. Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. Such Option shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The Stock Option Agreement shall specify whether the Option is an ISO or an NSO. The provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical. Options may be granted in consideration of a reduction in the Optionee's other compensation. A Stock Option Agreement may provide that a new Option will be granted automatically to the Optionee when he or she exercises a prior Option and pays the Exercise Price in the form described in Section 6.2. 5.2 NUMBER OF SHARES. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Common Shares subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Article 12. Options and SARs granted to any Participant in a single fiscal year of the Company shall not cover more than 2,000,000 Common Shares in the aggregate, except that Options and SARs granted to a new Employee in the fiscal year of the Company in which his or her Service as an Employee first commences shall not cover more than 3,000,000 Common Shares in the aggregate. The limitations set forth in the preceding sentence shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with Article 12. 5.3 EXERCISE PRICE. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price which shall in no event be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Common Share on the date of grant. 5.4 EXERCISABILITY AND TERM. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date or event when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable. The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify the term of the Option; provided that the term of an ISO shall in no event exceed 10 years from the date of grant. A Stock Option Agreement may provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of the Optionee's death, disability or retirement or other events and may provide for expiration prior to the end of its term in the event of the termination of the Optionee's Service. Options may be awarded in combination with SARs, and such an Award may provide that the Options will not be exercisable unless the related SARs are forfeited. 5.5 MODIFICATION OR ASSUMPTION OF OPTIONS. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify, reprice, extend or assume outstanding options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding options (whether granted by the Company or by another issuer) in return for the grant of new options for the same or a different number of shares and at the same or a different exercise price. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, 3

without the consent of the Optionee, alter or impair his or her rights or obligations under such Option. 5.6 BUYOUT PROVISIONS. The Committee may at any time (a) offer to buy out for a payment in cash or cash equivalents an Option previously granted or (b) authorize an Optionee to elect to cash out an Option previously granted, in either case at such time and based upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish. ARTICLE 6. PAYMENT FOR OPTION SHARES. 6.1 GENERAL RULE. The entire Exercise Price of Common Shares issued upon exercise of Options shall be payable in cash or cash equivalents at the time when such Common Shares are purchased, except that the Committee at its sole discretion may accept payment of the Exercise Price in any other form(s) described in this Article 6. However, if the Optionee is an Outside Director or executive officer of the Company, he or she may pay the Exercise Price in a form other than cash or cash equivalents only to the extent permitted by section 13(k) of the Exchange Act. 6.2 SURRENDER OF STOCK. With the Committee's consent, all or any part of the Exercise Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Common Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Common Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date the new Common Shares are purchased under the Plan. 6.3 EXERCISE/SALE. With the Committee's consent, all or any part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by delivering (on a form prescribed by the Company) an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell all or part of the Common Shares being purchased under the Plan and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company. 6.4 PROMISSORY NOTE. With the Committee's consent, all or any part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by delivering (on a form prescribed by the Company) a full-recourse promissory note. 6.5 OTHER FORMS OF PAYMENT. With the Committee's consent, all or any part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid in any other form that is consistent with applicable laws, regulations and rules. ARTICLE 7. AUTOMATIC OPTION GRANTS TO OUTSIDE DIRECTORS. 7.1 INITIAL GRANTS. Each Outside Director who first becomes a member of the Board after the date of the Company's initial public offering shall receive a one-time grant of an NSO covering 25,000 Common Shares. Such NSO shall be granted on the date such Outside Director first joins the Board and shall become exercisable in three equal annual installments over the three-year period commencing on the date of grant. An Outside Director who previously was an Employee shall not receive a grant under this Section 7.1. 7.2 ANNUAL GRANTS. Upon the conclusion of each regular annual meeting of the Company's stockholders held in the year 2006 or thereafter, each Outside Director who will 4

continue serving as a member of the Board thereafter shall receive an NSO covering 10,000 Common Shares, except that such NSO shall not be granted in the calendar year in which the same Outside Director received the NSO described in Section 7.1. NSOs granted under this Section 7.2 shall become exercisable in 12 equal monthly installments commencing on the date of grant. An Outside Director who previously was an Employee shall be eligible to receive grants under this Section 7.2. 7.3 ACCELERATED EXERCISABILITY. All NSOs granted to a Outside Director under this Article 7 shall also become exercisable in full in the event that the Company is subject to a Change in Control before such Outside Director's Service terminates. Acceleration of exercisability may also be required by Section 12.3. 7.4 EXERCISE PRICE. The Exercise Price under all NSOs granted to an Outside Director under this Article 7 shall be equal to 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Common Share on the date of grant, payable in one of the forms described in Sections 6.1, 6.2 and 6.3. 7.5 TERM. All NSOs granted to an Outside Director under this Article 7 shall terminate on the earlier of (a) the date 10 years after the date of grant or (b) the date 12 months after the termination of such Outside Director's Service for any reason. 7.6 AFFILIATES OF OUTSIDE DIRECTORS. The Committee may provide that the NSOs that otherwise would be granted to an Outside Director under this Article 7 shall instead be granted to an affiliate of such Outside Director. Such affiliate shall then be deemed to be an Outside Director for purposes of the Plan, provided that the Service-related vesting and termination provisions pertaining to the NSOs shall be applied with regard to the Service of the Outside Director. ARTICLE 8. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS. 8.1 SAR AGREEMENT. Each grant of an SAR under the Plan shall be evidenced by an SAR Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. Such SAR shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various SAR Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical. SARs may be granted in consideration of a reduction in the Optionee's other compensation. 8.2 NUMBER OF SHARES. Each SAR Agreement shall specify the number of Common Shares to which the SAR pertains and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Article 12. Options and SARs granted to any Participant in a single fiscal year of the Company shall not cover more than 2,000,000 Common Shares in the aggregate, except that Options and SARs granted to a new Employee in the fiscal year of the Company in which his or her Service as an Employee first commences shall not cover more than 3,000,000 Common Shares in the aggregate. The limitations set forth in the preceding sentence shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with Article 12. 8.3 EXERCISE PRICE. Each SAR Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price; provided that the Exercise Price shall in no event be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Common Share on the date of grant. 5

8.4 EXERCISABILITY AND TERM. Each SAR Agreement shall specify the date all or any installment of the SAR is to become exercisable. The SAR Agreement shall also specify the term of the SAR. An SAR Agreement may provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of the Optionee's death, disability or retirement or other events and may provide for expiration prior to the end of its term in the event of the termination of the Optionee's Service. SARs may be awarded in combination with Options, and such an Award may provide that the SARs will not be exercisable unless the related Options are forfeited. An SAR may be included in an ISO only at the time of grant but may be included in an NSO at the time of grant or thereafter. An SAR granted under the Plan may provide that it will be exercisable only in the event of a Change in Control. 8.5 EXERCISE OF SARS. Upon exercise of an SAR, the Optionee (or any person having the right to exercise the SAR after his or her death) shall receive from the Company (a) Common Shares, (b) cash or (c) a combination of Common Shares and cash, as the Committee shall determine. The amount of cash and/or the Fair Market Value of Common Shares received upon exercise of SARs shall, in the aggregate, be equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value (on the date of surrender) of the Common Shares subject to the SARs exceeds the Exercise Price. If, on the date an SAR expires, the Exercise Price under such SAR is less than the Fair Market Value on such date but any portion of such SAR has not been exercised or surrendered, then such SAR shall automatically be deemed to be exercised as of such date with respect to such portion. 8.6 MODIFICATION OR ASSUMPTION OF SARS. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify, reprice, extend or assume outstanding SARs or may accept the cancellation of outstanding SARs (whether granted by the Company or by another issuer) in return for the grant of new SARs for the same or a different number of shares and at the same or a different exercise price. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an SAR shall, without the consent of the Optionee, alter or impair his or her rights or obligations under such SAR. ARTICLE 9. RESTRICTED SHARES. 9.1 RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT. Each grant of Restricted Shares under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Agreement between the recipient and the Company. Such Restricted Shares shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various Restricted Stock Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical. 9.2 PAYMENT FOR AWARDS. Restricted Shares may be sold or awarded under the Plan for such consideration as the Committee may determine, including (without limitation) cash, cash equivalents, property, full-recourse promissory notes, past services and future services. If the Participant is an Outside Director or executive officer of the Company, he or she may pay for Restricted Shares with a promissory note only to the extent permitted by section 13(k) of the Exchange Act. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may accept the cancellation of outstanding options in return for the grant of Restricted Shares. 6

9.3 VESTING CONDITIONS. Each Award of Restricted Shares may or may not be subject to vesting. Vesting shall occur, in full or in installments, upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Restricted Stock Agreement. The Committee may include among such conditions the requirement that the performance of the Company or a business unit of the Company for a specified period of one or more fiscal years equal or exceed a target determined in advance by the Committee. The Company's independent auditors shall determine such performance. Such target shall be based on one or more of the criteria set forth in Appendix A. The Committee shall identify such target not later than the 90th day of such period. In no event shall more than 2,000,000 Restricted Shares that are subject to performance-based vesting conditions be granted to any Participant in a single fiscal year of the Company, subject to adjustment in accordance with Article 12. A Restricted Stock Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting in the event of the Participant's death, disability or retirement or other events. The Committee may determine, at the time of granting Restricted Shares or thereafter, that all or part of such Restricted Shares shall become vested in the event that a Change in Control occurs with respect to the Company or in the event that the Participant is subject to employment termination after a Change in Control. 9.4 VOTING AND DIVIDEND RIGHTS. The holders of Restricted Shares awarded under the Plan shall have the same voting, dividend and other rights as the Company's other stockholders. A Restricted Stock Agreement, however, may require that the holders of Restricted Shares invest any cash dividends received in additional Restricted Shares. Such additional Restricted Shares shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions as the Award with respect to which the dividends were paid. ARTICLE 10. STOCK UNITS. 10.1 STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT. Each grant of Stock Units under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Unit Agreement between the recipient and the Company. Such Stock Units shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various Stock Unit Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical. Stock Units may be granted in consideration of a reduction in the recipient's other compensation. 10.2 PAYMENT FOR AWARDS. To the extent that an Award is granted in the form of Stock Units, no cash consideration shall be required of the Award recipients. 10.3 VESTING CONDITIONS. Each Award of Stock Units may or may not be subject to vesting. Vesting shall occur, in full or in installments, upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Stock Unit Agreement. The Committee may include among such conditions the requirement that the performance of the Company or a business unit of the Company for a specified period of one or more fiscal years equal or exceed a target determined in advance by the Committee. Such target shall be based on one or more of the criteria set forth in Appendix A. The Committee shall identify such target not later than the 90th day of such period. In no event shall more than 2,000,000 Stock Units that are subject to performance-based vesting conditions be granted to any Participant in a single fiscal year of the Company, subject to adjustment in accordance with Article 12. A Stock Unit Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting in the event of the Participant's death, disability or retirement or other events. The 7

Committee may determine, at the time of granting Stock Units or thereafter, that all or part of such Stock Units shall become vested in the event that the Company is subject to a Change in Control or in the event that the Participant is subject to employment termination after a Change in Control. In addition, acceleration of vesting may be required under Section 11.3. 10.4 VOTING AND DIVIDEND RIGHTS. The holders of Stock Units shall have no voting rights. Prior to settlement or forfeiture, any Stock Unit awarded under the Plan may, at the Committee's discretion, carry with it a right to dividend equivalents. Such right entitles the holder to be credited with an amount equal to all cash dividends paid on one Common Share while the Stock Unit is outstanding. Dividend equivalents may be converted into additional Stock Units. Settlement of dividend equivalents may be made in the form of cash, in the form of Common Shares, or in a combination of both. Prior to distribution, any dividend equivalents that are not paid shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions as the Stock Units to which they attach. 10.5 FORM AND TIME OF SETTLEMENT OF STOCK UNITS. Settlement of vested Stock Units may be made in the form of (a) cash, (b) Common Shares or (c) any combination of both, as determined by the Committee. The actual number of Stock Units eligible for settlement may be larger or smaller than the number included in the original Award, based on predetermined performance factors. Methods of converting Stock Units into cash may include (without limitation) a method based on the average Fair Market Value of Common Shares over a series of trading days. Vested Stock Units may be settled in a lump sum or in installments. The distribution may occur or commence when all vesting conditions applicable to the Stock Units have been satisfied or have lapsed, or it may be deferred to any later date. The amount of a deferred distribution may be increased by an interest factor or by dividend equivalents. Until an Award of Stock Units is settled, the number of such Stock Units shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 12. 10.6 DEATH OF RECIPIENT. Any Stock Units Award that becomes payable after the recipient's death shall be distributed to the recipient's beneficiary or beneficiaries. Each recipient of a Stock Units Award under the Plan shall designate one or more beneficiaries for this purpose by filing the prescribed form with the Company. A beneficiary designation may be changed by filing the prescribed form with the Company at any time before the Award recipient's death. If no beneficiary was designated or if no designated beneficiary survives the Award recipient, then any Stock Units Award that becomes payable after the recipient's death shall be distributed to the recipient's estate. 10.7 CREDITORS' RIGHTS. A holder of Stock Units shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company. Stock Units represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Stock Unit Agreement. ARTICLE 11. CHANGE IN CONTROL 11.1 EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL. In the event of any Change in Control, each outstanding Award shall automatically accelerate so that each such Award shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, become fully exercisable for all 8

of the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to such Award and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully-vested shares of Common Stock. However, an outstanding Award shall not so accelerate if and to the extent such Award is, in connection with the Change in Control, either to be assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or to be replaced with a comparable Award for shares of the capital stock of the successor corporation (or parent thereof). The determination of Award comparability shall be made by the Committee, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. 11.2 ACCELERATION. The Committee shall have the discretion, exercisable either at the time the Award is granted or at any time while the Award remains outstanding, to provide for the automatic acceleration of vesting upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, whether or not the Award is to be assumed or replaced in the Change in Control. ARTICLE 12. PROTECTION AGAINST DILUTION. 12.1 ADJUSTMENTS. In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Common Shares, a declaration of a dividend payable in Common Shares or a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of Common Shares, corresponding adjustments shall automatically be made in each of the following: (a) The number of Options, SARs, Restricted Shares and Stock Units available for future Awards under Article 3; (b) The limitations set forth in Sections 3.1, 5.2, 8.2, 9.3 and 10.3; (c) The number of Common Shares covered by each outstanding Option and SAR; (d) The Exercise Price under each outstanding Option and SAR; or (e) The number of Stock Units included in any prior Award that has not yet been settled. In the event of a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than Common Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the price of Common Shares, a recapitalization, a spin-off or a similar occurrence, the Committee shall make such adjustments as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate in one or more of the foregoing. Except as provided in this Article 12, a Participant shall have no rights by reason of any issuance by the Company of stock of any class or securities convertible into stock of any class, any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any stock dividend or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class. 12.2 DISSOLUTION OR LIQUIDATION. To the extent not previously exercised or settled, Options, SARs and Stock Units shall terminate immediately prior to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company. 9

12.3 REORGANIZATIONS. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, all outstanding Awards shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation. Such agreement shall provide for one or more of the following: (a) The continuation of such outstanding Awards by the Company (if the Company is the surviving corporation). (b) The assumption of such outstanding Awards by the surviving corporation or its parent, provided that the assumption of Options or SARs shall comply with section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not the Options are ISOs). (c) The substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of new awards for such outstanding Awards, provided that the substitution of Options or SARs shall comply with section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not the Options are ISOs). (d) Full exercisability of outstanding Options and SARs and full vesting of the Common Shares subject to such Options and SARs, followed by the cancellation of such Options and SARs. The full exercisability of such Options and SARs and full vesting of such Common Shares may be contingent on the closing of such merger or consolidation. The Optionees shall be able to exercise such Options and SARs during a period of not less than five full business days preceding the closing date of such merger or consolidation, unless (i) a shorter period is required to permit a timely closing of such merger or consolidation and (ii) such shorter period still offers the Optionees a reasonable opportunity to exercise such Options and SARs. Any exercise of such Options and SARs during such period may be contingent on the closing of such merger or consolidation. (e) The cancellation of outstanding Options and SARs and a payment to the Optionees equal to the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Common Shares subject to such Options and SARs (whether or not such Options and SARs are then exercisable or such Common Shares are then vested) as of the closing date of such merger or consolidation over (ii) their Exercise Price. Such payment shall be made in the form of cash, cash equivalents, or securities of the surviving corporation or its parent with a Fair Market Value equal to the required amount. Such payment may be made in installments and may be deferred until the date or dates when such Options and SARs would have become exercisable or such Common Shares would have vested. Such payment may be subject to vesting based on the Optionee's continuing Service, provided that the vesting schedule shall not be less favorable to the Optionee than the schedule under which such Options and SARs would have become exercisable or such Common Shares would have vested. If the Exercise Price of the Common Shares subject to such Options and SARs exceeds the Fair Market Value of such Common Shares, then such Options and SARs may be cancelled without making a payment to the Optionees. For purposes of this Subsection (e), the Fair Market Value of any security shall be determined without regard to any vesting conditions that may apply to such security. (f) The cancellation of outstanding Stock Units and a payment to the Participants equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Shares subject to such Stock Units (whether or not such Stock Units are then vested) as of the closing date of such merger or consolidation. Such payment shall be made in the form of cash, cash equivalents, or securities of 10

the surviving corporation or its parent with a Fair Market Value equal to the required amount. Such payment may be made in installments and may be deferred until the date or dates when such Stock Units would have vested. Such payment may be subject to vesting based on the Participant's continuing Service, provided that the vesting schedule shall not be less favorable to the Participant than the schedule under which such Stock Units would have vested. For purposes of this Subsection (f), the Fair Market Value of any security shall be determined without regard to any vesting conditions that may apply to such security. ARTICLE 13. AWARDS UNDER OTHER PLANS. The Company may grant awards under other plans or programs. Such awards may be settled in the form of Common Shares issued under this Plan. Such Common Shares shall be treated for all purposes under the Plan like Common Shares issued in settlement of Stock Units and shall, when issued, reduce the number of Common Shares available under Article 3. ARTICLE 14. PAYMENT OF DIRECTOR'S FEES IN SECURITIES. 14.1 EFFECTIVE DATE. No provision of this Article 13 shall be effective unless and until the Board has determined to implement such provision. 14.2 ELECTIONS TO RECEIVE NSOS, RESTRICTED SHARES OR STOCK UNITS. An Outside Director may elect to receive his or her annual retainer payments and/or meeting fees from the Company in the form of cash, NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board. Such NSOs, Restricted Shares and Stock Units shall be issued under the Plan. An election under this Article 13 shall be filed with the Company on the prescribed form. 14.3 NUMBER AND TERMS OF NSOS, RESTRICTED SHARES OR STOCK UNITS. The number of NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units to be granted to Outside Directors in lieu of annual retainers and meeting fees that would otherwise be paid in cash shall be calculated in a manner determined by the Board. The Board shall also determine the terms of such NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units. ARTICLE 15. LIMITATION ON RIGHTS. 15.1 RETENTION RIGHTS. Neither the Plan nor any Award granted under the Plan shall be deemed to give any individual a right to remain an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant. The Company and its Parents, Subsidiaries and Affiliates reserve the right to terminate the Service of any Employee, Outside Director or Consultant at any time, with or without cause, subject to applicable laws, the Company's certificate of incorporation and by-laws and a written employment agreement (if any). 15.2 STOCKHOLDERS' RIGHTS. A Participant shall have no dividend rights, voting rights or other rights as a stockholder with respect to any Common Shares covered by his or her Award prior to the time when a stock certificate for such Common Shares is issued or, if applicable, the time when he or she becomes entitled to receive such Common Shares by filing any required notice of exercise and paying any required Exercise Price. No adjustment shall be 11

made for cash dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to such time, except as expressly provided in the Plan. 15.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, the obligation of the Company to issue Common Shares under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and such approval by any regulatory body as may be required. The Company reserves the right to restrict, in whole or in part, the delivery of Common Shares pursuant to any Award prior to the satisfaction of all legal requirements relating to the issuance of such Common Shares, to their registration, qualification or listing or to an exemption from registration, qualification or listing. ARTICLE 16. WITHHOLDING TAXES. 16.1 GENERAL. To the extent required by applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, a Participant or his or her successor shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the satisfaction of any withholding tax obligations that arise in connection with the Plan. The Company shall not be required to issue any Common Shares or make any cash payment under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied. 16.2 SHARE WITHHOLDING. To the extent that applicable law subjects a Participant to tax withholding obligations, the Committee may permit such Participant to satisfy all or part of such obligations by having the Company withhold all or a portion of any Common Shares that otherwise would be issued to him or her or by surrendering all or a portion of any Common Shares that he or she previously acquired. Such Common Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date they are withheld or surrendered. ARTICLE 17. FUTURE OF THE PLAN. 17.1 TERM OF THE PLAN. The Plan, as set forth herein, shall become effective on the date of the IPO. The Plan shall remain in effect until the earlier of (a) the date the Plan is terminated under Section 17.2 or (b) the 10th anniversary of the date the Board adopted the Plan. The Plan shall serve as the successor to the Predecessor Plan, and no further option grants shall be made under the Predecessor Plan after the Plan effective date. All options outstanding under the Predecessor Plan as of such date shall, immediately upon effectiveness of the Plan, remain outstanding in accordance with their terms. Each outstanding option under the Predecessor Plan shall continue to be governed solely by the terms of the documents evidencing such option, and no provision of the Plan shall be deemed to affect or otherwise modify the rights or obligations of the holders of such options with respect to their acquisition of shares of Common Stock. 17.2 AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION. The Board may, at any time and for any reason, amend or terminate the Plan. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the termination thereof. The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Award previously granted under the Plan. 17.3 STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL. An amendment of the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company's stockholders only to the extent required by applicable laws, regulations or rules. However, section 162(m) of the Code may require that the Company's stockholders approve: 12

(a) The Plan not later than the first regular meeting of stockholders that occurs in the fourth calendar year following the calendar year in which the Company's initial public offering occurred; and (b) The performance criteria set forth in Appendix A not later than the first meeting of stockholders that occurs in the fifth year following the year in which the Company's stockholders previously approved such criteria. ARTICLE 18. DEFINITIONS. 18.1 "AFFILIATE" means any entity other than a Subsidiary, if the Company and/or one or more Subsidiaries own not less than 50% of such entity. 18.2 "AWARD" means any award of an Option, an SAR, a Restricted Share or a Stock Unit under the Plan. 18.3 "BOARD" means the Company's Board of Directors, as constituted from time to time. 18.4 "CHANGE IN CONTROL" means: (a) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if persons who were not stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization own immediately after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization 50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding securities of each of (i) the continuing or surviving entity and (ii) any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity; (b) The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets; (c) A change in the composition of the Board, as a result of which fewer than 50% of the incumbent directors are directors who either: (i) Had been directors of the Company on the date 24 months prior to the date of such change in the composition of the Board (the "Original Directors"); or (ii) Were appointed to the Board, or nominated for election to the Board, with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the aggregate of (A) the Original Directors who were in office at the time of their appointment or nomination and (B) the directors whose appointment or nomination was previously approved in a manner consistent with this Paragraph (ii); or (d) Any transaction as a result of which any person is the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing at least 50% of the total voting power represented by the Company's then outstanding voting securities. For purposes of this Subsection (d), the term "person" shall have the same meaning as when used in sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act but shall 13

exclude (i) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or of a Parent or Subsidiary and (ii) a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the common stock of the Company. A transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company's incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company's securities immediately before such transaction. 18.5 "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 18.6 "COMMITTEE" means a committee of the Board, as described in Article 2. 18.7 "COMMON SHARE" means one share of the common stock of the Company. 18.8 "COMPANY" means Synchronoss Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation. 18.9 "CONSULTANT" means a consultant or adviser who provides bona fide services to the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate as an independent contractor. 18.10 "EMPLOYEE" means a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate. 18.11 "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 18.12 "EXERCISE PRICE," in the case of an Option, means the amount for which one Common Share may be purchased upon exercise of such Option, as specified in the applicable Stock Option Agreement. "Exercise Price," in the case of an SAR, means an amount, as specified in the applicable SAR Agreement, which is subtracted from the Fair Market Value of one Common Share in determining the amount payable upon exercise of such SAR. 18.13 "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means the market price of Common Shares, determined by the Committee in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate. Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value by the Committee shall be based on the prices reported in The Wall Street Journal. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons. 18.14 "IPO" means the initial public offering of the Company's Common Shares. 18.15 "ISO" means an incentive stock option described in section 422(b) of the Code. 18.16 "NSO" means a stock option not described in sections 422 or 423 of the Code. 14

18.17 "OPTION" means an ISO or NSO granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Common Shares. 18.18 "OPTIONEE" means an individual or estate who holds an Option or SAR. 18.19 "OUTSIDE DIRECTOR" means a member of the Board who is not an Employee. 18.20 "PARENT" means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date. 18.21 "PARTICIPANT" means an individual or estate who holds an Award. 18.22 "PLAN" means this Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time. 18.23 "PREDECESSOR PLAN" means the Company's existing 2000 Stock Plan. 18.24 "RESTRICTED SHARE" means a Common Share awarded under the Plan. 18.25 "RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT" means the agreement between the Company and the recipient of a Restricted Share that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to such Restricted Share. 18.26 "SAR" means a stock appreciation right granted under the Plan. 18.27 "SAR AGREEMENT" means the agreement between the Company and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to his or her SAR. 18.28 "SERVICE" means service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant. 18.29 "STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT" means the agreement between the Company and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to his or her Option. 18.30 "STOCK UNIT" means a bookkeeping entry representing the equivalent of one Common Share, as awarded under the Plan. 18.31 "STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT" means the agreement between the Company and the recipient of a Stock Unit that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to such Stock Unit. 18.32 "SUBSIDIARY" means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other 15

than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date. 16

APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE CRITERIA FOR RESTRICTED SHARES The performance goals that may be used by the Committee for awards of Restricted Shares shall consist of: operating profits (including EBITDA), net profits, earnings per share, profit returns and margins, revenues, shareholder return and/or value, stock price and working capital. Performance goals may be measured solely on a corporate, subsidiary or business unit basis, or a combination thereof. Further, performance criteria may reflect absolute entity performance or a relative comparison of entity performance to the performance of a peer group of entities or other external measure of the selected performance criteria. Profit, earnings and revenues used for any performance goal measurement shall exclude: gains or losses on operating asset sales or dispositions; asset write-downs; litigation or claim judgments or settlements; accruals for historic environmental obligations; effect of changes in tax law or rate on deferred tax liabilities; accruals for reorganization and restructuring programs; uninsured catastrophic property losses; the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles; and any extraordinary non-recurring items as described in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30 and/or in management's discussion and analysis of financial performance appearing in the Company's annual report to shareholders for the applicable year.

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT You have been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. (the "Company"): Name of Optionee: <> Total Number of Shares: <> Type of Option: <> Incentive Stock Option <> Nonstatutory Stock Option Exercise Price Per Share: $<> Date of Grant: <> Vesting Commencement Date: <> Vesting Schedule: This option becomes exercisable with respect to the first 25% of the Shares subject to this option when you complete 12 months of continuous Service from the Vesting Commencement Date. Thereafter, this option becomes exercisable with respect to an additional 1/48th of the Shares subject to this option when you complete each month of Service. Expiration Date: <>. This option expires earlier if your Service terminates earlier, as described in the Stock Option Agreement. You and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan") and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached to and made a part of this document. You further agree that the Company may deliver by email all documents relating to the Plan or this option (including, without limitation, prospectuses required by the Securities and Exchange Commission) and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, annual reports and proxy statements). You also agree that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a web site maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a web site, it will notify you by email. OPTIONEE: SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. By: - ----------------------------- ------------------------------------------ Title: ---------------------------------------

TAX TREATMENT This option is intended to be an incentive stock option under section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code or a nonstatutory stock option, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. VESTING This option becomes exercisable in installments, as shown in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. This option will in no event become exercisable for additional shares after your Service has terminated for any reason. For purposes of this Agreement, "SERVICE" means your service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant. TERM This option expires in any event at the close of business at Company headquarters on the Expiration Date shown in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which is not later than the day before the 10th anniversary of the Date of Grant. (It will expire earlier if your Service terminates, as described below.) REGULAR TERMINATION If your Service terminates for any reason except death or total and permanent disability, then this option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date three months after your termination date. The Company determines when your Service terminates for this purpose. DEATH If you die before your Service terminates, then this option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date 12 months after the date of death. DISABILITY If your Service terminates because of your total and permanent disability, then this option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date 12 months after your termination date. For all purposes under this Agreement, "total and permanent disability" means that you are unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted, or can be expected to last, for a continuous period of not less than one year. LEAVES OF ABSENCE AND For purposes of this option, your Service does not PART-TIME WORK terminate when you go on a military leave, a sick leave or another bona fide leave of absence, if 2

the leave was approved by the Company in writing. But your Service terminates when the approved leave ends, unless you immediately return to active work. If you go on a leave of absence, then the vesting schedule specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant may be adjusted in accordance with the Company's leave of absence policy or the terms of your leave. If you commence working on a part-time basis, then the vesting schedule specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant may be adjusted in accordance with the Company's part-time work policy or the terms of an agreement between you and the Company pertaining to your part-time schedule. RESTRICTIONS ON EXERCISE The Company will not permit you to exercise this option if the issuance of shares at that time would violate any law or regulation. NOTICE OF EXERCISE When you wish to exercise this option, you must notify the Company by filing the proper "Notice of Exercise" form at the address given on the form. Your notice must specify how many shares you wish to purchase. Your notice must also specify how your shares should be registered. The notice will be effective when the Company receives it. If someone else wants to exercise this option after your death, that person must prove to the Company's satisfaction that he or she is entitled to do so. FORM OF PAYMENT When you submit your notice of exercise, you must include payment of the option exercise price for the shares that you are purchasing. To the extent permitted by applicable law, payment may be made in one (or a combination of two or more) of the following forms: - Your personal check, a cashier's check or a money order. - Certificates for shares of Company stock that you own, along with any forms needed to effect a transfer of those shares to the Company. The value of the shares, determined as of the effective date of the option exercise, will be applied to the option exercise price. Instead of surrendering shares of Company stock, you may attest to the ownership of those shares on a form provided by the Company and have the same number of shares subtracted from the option shares issued to you. However, you may not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, shares of Company stock in payment of the exercise price if your action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to this option for financial reporting purposes. 3

- Irrevocable directions to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell all or part of your option shares and to deliver to the Company from the sale proceeds an amount sufficient to pay the option exercise price and any withholding taxes. (The balance of the sale proceeds, if any, will be delivered to you.) The directions must be given by signing a special "Notice of Exercise" form provided by the Company. WITHHOLDING TAXES AND You will not be allowed to exercise this option STOCK WITHHOLDING unless you make arrangements acceptable to the Company to pay any withholding taxes that may be due as a result of the option exercise. With the Company's consent, these arrangements may include withholding shares of Company stock that otherwise would be issued to you when you exercise this option. The value of these shares, determined as of the effective date of the option exercise, will be applied to the withholding taxes. RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE You agree not to sell any option shares at a time when applicable laws, Company policies or an agreement between the Company and its underwriters prohibit a sale. This restriction will apply as long as your Service continues and for such period of time after the termination of your Service as the Company may specify. TRANSFER OF OPTION Prior to your death, only you may exercise this option. You cannot transfer or assign this option. For instance, you may not sell this option or use it as security for a loan. If you attempt to do any of these things, this option will immediately become invalid. You may, however, dispose of this option in your will or a beneficiary designation. Regardless of any marital property settlement agreement, the Company is not obligated to honor a notice of exercise from your former spouse, nor is the Company obligated to recognize your former spouse's interest in your option in any other way. RETENTION RIGHTS Your option or this Agreement does not give you the right to be retained by the Company or a subsidiary of the Company in any capacity. The Company and its subsidiaries reserve the right to terminate your Service at any time, with or without cause. STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS You, or your estate or heirs, have no rights as a stockholder of the Company until you have exercised this option by giving the required notice to the Company and paying the exercise price. No adjustments are made for dividends or other rights if the applicable record date occurs before you exercise this option, except as described in the Plan. ADJUSTMENTS In the event of a stock split, a stock dividend or a similar change in Company stock, the number of shares covered by this option and the 4

exercise price per share may be adjusted pursuant to the Plan. APPLICABLE LAW This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to their choice-of-law provisions). THE PLAN AND OTHER The text of the Plan is incorporated in this AGREEMENTS Agreement by reference. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall be defined as set forth in the Plan. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding this option. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning this option are superseded. This Agreement may be amended only by another written agreement between the parties.

BY SIGNING THE COVER SHEET OF THIS AGREEMENT, YOU AGREE TO ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE AND IN THE PLAN. 5

Exhibit 23.1 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our report dated February 17, 2006, in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-132080) and related Prospectus of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. for the registration of 8,740,000 shares of its common stock. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP MetroPark, New Jersey May 9, 2006